Valves, Fittings, and Manifolds Catalog. We make things MOVE

Transcription

1 Valves, Fittings, and Manifolds Catalog We make things MOVE

2 We Make Things Move A forward-thinking innovator, Bimba provides industry-leading pneumatic, hydraulic and electric motion solutions that are easy-to-use, reliable and ready for your engineering challenges. Doing whatever it takes to help you get the job done is what the Bimba companies do best. With an extensive line of industry-leading air cylinders, rotary actuators, linear thrusters, rodless cylinders, NFPA, hydraulics, flow controls, position-sensing cylinders, valves, switches and air preparation equipment, the people of Bimba are ready to tackle your toughest applications. Bimba is part of IMI Precision Engineering, a world leader in motion and fluid control technologies. Wherever precision, speed and engineering reliability are essential, we deliver exceptional solutions which improve the productivity and efficiency of customers equipment. Our range of high-performance products, such as actuators, valves, valve islands, pressure monitoring controls and air preparation products together with trusted products brands including IMI Norgren, IMI Buschjost, IMI FAS, IMI Herion and IMI Maxseal underpin our position as a leading global supplier. Part of IMI plc, we have a sales and service network in 75 countries, as well as manufacturing capability in the USA, Germany, China, UK, Switzerland. Contents 0 Introduction 0 Control Valves & Accessories 0 Solenoid Valves 9 Custom Products 4 Fittings 87 Manifolds 05 Tubing

3 Control Valves Control valves are an integral part of a pneumatic system, and encompass a wide variety of pneumatic valve options, including pressure regulators, flow controls, and needle valves. Each control valve is designed to integrate with your pneumatic circuit, and every model comes anodized or electroless nickelplated to provide enhanced corrosion resistance.

4 Product Features Features & -WAY O SERIES CONTROL VALVES The highly reliable O Series valve is available in -Way or -Way normally open or normally closed. Ideal for limited space applications (OAL not more than.4 ) this miniature valve features seven swivel input options- virtually eliminating the need for additional fittings! Miniature size Poppet design contributes to long product life Seven input options Closed Cross-Over Swivel input port to accommodate critical alignment Closed crossover (NC Only) Non-threaded exhaust port The normally closed O Series features a stem and poppet that work in conjunction with one another. The poppet seals the exhaust port before it opens to flow (normally closed). There is no transitional state from one function to the next providing the user precise control between positions. Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in Operating Pressure C v 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Actuation Force Actuator Style -Way Valve -Way Valve 50 PSI 5 PSI 50 PSI 5 PSI Nylon Toggle 4 oz 6 oz 4 oz 6 oz Push Button lbs 5 / lbs lbs 5/ lbs Actuation force for NC ONLY Materials Aluminum/ Anodize or Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Buna-N (optional seals available- contact factory)

5 How It Works O Series Cross Section -Way Normally Closed figure A Actuated Flow Rate (scfm) O Series (NC) Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) CONTROL & -WAY VALVES O SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES figure B Unactuated Function When a -Way normally closed valve is actuated (figure A) the stem unseats the poppet allowing flow through port around the poppet and stem and out port. 5 In the unactuated position (figure B) the poppet is seated. When flow enters from port it travels through the hollow stem and exhausts to atmosphere through port. The poppet design provides a large durable surface that can withstand millions of cycles. The normally open O Series features a stem design with standard Buna-N O-rings. Swivel input is NOT to be used as a rotary union. Port Options Mounting Method Definition Options Panel Surface Port Swivel Input /8 NPT / 0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb* /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Nominal mounting hole dimension /64 () nuts and () lockwasher provided MB- or MB-F Mounting Bracket Port Output 0- (F) Port Exhaust non-threaded, exhausts to atmosphere *70 barb- recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE

6 How To Order & -WAY O SERIES CONTROL VALVES 6 Product Information To order standard product refer to Product Information listing Optional seals available - contact factory Metal push button available - use an M as the second character to indicate metal -Way Normally Closed Actuator Part Number Input Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle AO-0- AO-0- AO-0- AO-0-4 AO-0-5 AO-0-6 AO-0-7 HO-0- HO-0- HO-0- HO-0-4 HO-0-5 HO-0-6 HO-0-7 FO-0- FO-0- FO-0- FO-0-4 FO-0-5 FO-0-6 FO-0-7 -Way Normally Open /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Actuator Part Number Input Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuator specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart page 0) -Way Normally Closed Actuator Part Number Input Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle AO-0- AO-0- AO-0- AO-0-4 AO-0-5 AO-0-6 AO-0-7 HO-0- HO-0- HO-0- HO-0-4 HO-0-5 HO-0-6 HO-0-7 FO-0- FO-0- FO-0- FO-0-4 FO-0-5 FO-0-6 FO-0-7 -Way Normally Closed /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Actuator Part Number Input Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle AO-- AO-- AO-- AO--4 AO--5 AO--6 AO--7 HO-- HO-- HO-- HO--4 HO--5 HO--6 HO--7 FO-- FO-- FO-- FO--4 FO--5 FO--6 FO--7 /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle AO-- AO-- AO-- AO--4 AO--5 AO--6 AO--7 HO-- HO-- HO-- HO--4 HO--5 HO--6 HO--7 FO-- FO-- FO-- FO--4 FO--5 FO--6 FO--7 /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Refer to Product Number Diagram (page 4)

7 How To Specify (F) (F).5 0- (F) (F) (F).5 5/- 5/- 5/- / / HEX HEX 5/- /8 /8 NPT NPT / HEX (M) (M) /8 NPT / HEX (M) 5/- /8 NPT (M) / HEX /8 NPT (M) (F) (F) (F) (F).5 0- (F).5 Push Button Actuator Ø.6 Ø.6 X 0- X 0- Ø.6.6 Ø.6 Ø.6 5/- 5/- Ø.6 5/- / / HEX HEX / HEX 5/- 5/- / HEX / HEX X (F) X (F) X (F) X (F) Ø.6.6 Ø.6 5/- 5/- 5/- 5/ /- 5/- 5/- 5/ / (F) (F) 0- (F) 0- (F) (F) (F) 0- (F) (F) (F) 0- (F) / HEX Ø.6 Ø.6 / / HEX HEX / HEX /8 /8 NPT NPT (F) (F) / HEX /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) 0- (F) 0- (F) Ø.6.6 Ø.6 /4 PI Ø.6.6 Ø (F) (F).5 0- (F) (F).5 Ø Ø.50 Ø.6.6 Ø.50 Ø.6 5/- 5/ BARB BARB Ø.6 5/- 70 BARB 5/- 70 BARB 5/- 5/- 5/- / / HEX HEX / HEX X X 0-0- X 0- /4 /4 PI PI /4 PI Ø.6.6 Ø.6 Ø.6 Ø.6.6 Ø.6 - Input - Input - Input -4 Input -5 Input -6 Input -7 Input Ø.6 5/- 5/- 5/- 5/ 5/ PI PI 5/- 5/ PI When design makes a dimension 5/ PI critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Toggle Actuator (F).6 0- (F) (F) 0- (F) (F) 0- (F) 5/- 5/- / HEX / HEX /8 NPT (M) 5/-/8 NPT (M) 5/- / HEX 5/- /8 NPT / / HEX (M) /8 /8 NPT /. HEX (M) (M) /8 NPT..95 (M) (F) (F) (F) (F) (F) (F).5 5/- 5/- / HEX / HEX 5/- 5/- / HEX / / HEX 5/- /.HEX (F) (F) (F).5 0- (F) (F) (F) 5/- 5/- / / HEX HEX X 0-5/- X 0-5/- / / / HEX HEX X 0-.X X (F) (F) (F).5 0- (F) (F) (F) 0-0- Ø Ø.6 Ø.6.6 Ø.6 Ø.6 Ø.6.6 Ø.6.6 Ø.6 5/- 5/- / HEX Ø.6.6 / HEX /8 NPT (F) 5/- /8 NPT (F) 5/- / HEX / / HEX /8 NPT (F) /8 /8 NPT (F) (F) (F) (F) (F).5 0- (F) (F) (F) Ø Ø.6.6 Ø Ø.50 5/- 70 BARB Ø.6 5/- 70 BARB Ø.6.6 5/- 70 BARB 5/- 70 BARB (F) (F) (F).5 0- (F) (F) (F) 5/- 5/- 5/- 5/ (F) (F) (F).5 0- (F) (F) (F) Ø.6.6 Ø.6 Ø.6.6 Ø Ø.6.6 Ø.6.6 Ø.6 Ø.6.6 /4 PI /4 PI /4 PI /4 /4 PI PI Ø.6.6 Ø.6 5/- Ø.6.6 5/- 5/ PI 5/ PI 5/- 5/- 5/ PI 5/ PI PI - Input - Input - Input -4 Input -5 Input -6 Input -7 Input & -WAY O SERIES CONTROL VALVES 7

8 Product Features Features -WAY SERIES CONTROL VALVES Pneumadyne s Series are -Way normally closed, fully ported valves. Fully ported -Way normally closed Poppet design contributes to long product life Closed Cross-Over Seven input options Closed crossover Swivel Input Port The internal design of the Series features a stem and poppet that work in conjunction with one another. The poppet seals the exhaust port before it opens to flow. There is no transitional state from one function to the next providing the operator precise control between positions. The addition of the threaded exhaust port makes it possible to direct and capture the exhaust flow in liquid, clean-room or lubricated air applications. Mufflers can also be threaded in the exhaust port for noise control. Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Flow Path Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in C v 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI 8-0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Actuation Force Actuator Style n/a -Way Valve 50 PSI 5 PSI Nylon Toggle 8 oz 4 oz Push Button / lbs 6 lbs Actuation force for NC ONLY Materials Aluminum/ Anodize or Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Buna-N (optional seals available -contact factory)

9 How It Works Series Cross Section -Way Normally Closed figure A Actuated figure B Unactuated Flow Rate (scfm) Series Flow Chart WAY SERIES CONTROL VALVES Input Pressure (psi) Function When a -Way normally closed valve is actuated (figure A) the stem unseats the poppet allowing flow through port around the poppet and stem and out port. 9 In the unactuated position (figure B) the poppet is seated. When flow enters from port it travels through the hollow stem and exhausts to atmosphere through port. The poppet design provides a large durable surface that can withstand millions of cycles. This versatile valve can be plumbed as a selector with pressure in port and vacuum plumbed in port. Pick-and-place applications use selector valves to pick up an object, often with a suction cup at port, and release the object by breaking the vacuum pressure at port. The Series cannot be plumbed as normally open, we recommend using our 00 Series 0- fully ported valve. Swivel input is NOT to be used as a rotary union. Port Options Mounting Method Definition Port Swivel Input Port Output Port Exhaust Options /8 NPT / 0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb* /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in 0- (F) non-threaded, exhausts to atmosphere Panel Nominal mounting hole dimension /64 () nuts and () lockwasher provided Surface MB- or MB-F Mounting Bracket The input port swivels to accommodate critical alignment *70 barb- recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE

10 How To Order Product Information -WAY SERIES CONTROL VALVES 0 To order standard product refer to Product Information listing Metal push button available- use AM as the prefix to indicate metal Optional seals available - contact factory Example: Metal push button, Series, -Way, Normally Closed, /8 NPT/ 0- (F) Input Port -Way Normally Closed Actuator Part Number Input Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle A-0- A-0- A-0- A-0-4 A-0-5 A-0-6 A-0-7 H-0- H-0- H-0- H-0-4 H-0-5 H-0-6 H-0-7 F-0- F-0- F-0- F-0-4 F-0-5 F-0-6 F-0-7 /8 NPT/ 0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT/ 0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT/ 0- (F) 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuator specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart page 0) O Series & Series AM Actuator A = Push Button AM = Metal Button F = Momentary Toggle Series O = O Series = Series Input Port = /8 NPT / 0- (F) = 0- (F) Elbow = 0- (F) Tee H = Detented Toggle 4 = /8 NPT (F) HM = Metal Detented Toggle Function = -Way = -Way Position One O = Normally Closed = Normally Open 5 = 70 Barb* 6 = /4 Push-in 7 = 5/ Push-in *70 barb- recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE

11 How To Specify Push Button Actuator Toggle Actuator /- 5/- 5/- 5/ /- 5/- 5/- 5/ /- 5/- 5/- 5/ /- 5/- 5/- 5/ /- 5/- 5/- 5/ X 0- (F).7 X 0- (F).7 X X X X 0-0- (F) (F) (F) (F) / HEX / HEX /8 NPT / / /8 / HEX NPT HEX /8 /8 /8 NPT.4 NPT.4.4 X 0- (F).4 X 0- (F) X X X 0-0- (F) (F) (F) Ø (F) 0- (F) 0-0- (F) (F) (F) 5/- 5/- /4 PI /4 PI 5/- 5/- /4 PI /4 PI X 0- (F).54 X 0- (F) X X X 0-0- (F) (F) (F).5.5 Ø.6.6 Ø.6.6 Ø.6.6 / HEX / HEX / HEX.4 / HEX.4 X 0- (F).4.4 X 0- (F) X 0- (F) X 0- (F) X X X 0-0- (F) (F) (F) X X X 0-0- (F) (F) (F) Ø.6.6 Ø.6.6 / HEX / HEX / / HEX HEX X 0- (F).44 X 0- (F).44 X X X 0-0- (F) (F) (F) Ø.6.6 Ø.6.6 / HEX / HEX /8 NPT (F) / HEX /8 NPT (F) / HEX /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) (F) (F) X 0- (F).44 X 0- (F).44 X X X 0-0- (F) (F) (F) Ø Ø.6 Ø BARB Ø.6 70 BARB BARB BARB X 0- (F).54 X 0- (F).54 X X X 0-0- (F) (F) (F) Ø.6.6 Ø.6.6 Ø Input - Input - Input -4 Input -5 Input -6 Input -7 Input Ø.6.6 5/- 5/- 5/ PI 5/ PI 5/- 5/- 5/ 5/ PI PI When design makes a dimension critical- contact PI factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice X 0- (F) X 0- (F) X 0- (F) X 0- (F).5 5/- 5/- 5/- 5/ /- 5/- 5/ Ø.6 Ø.6 Ø.6 / HEX / /8 / HEX NPT HEX /8 /8 / NPT NPT HEX.57 /8 NPT.57 X 0- (F) 0- (F).57 X 0- (F) 0- (F) X 0- (F) 0- (F) / HEX / HEX.57 / HEX.57 X 0- (F).57 X 0- (F) X 0- (F) Ø.6 Ø.6 Ø.6 X 0- X 0- X 0- Ø.6 Ø.6 Ø.6 5/- / HEX 5/- / HEX 5/- / HEX X 0- (F) X 0- (F).95.5 X 0- (F).5 Ø.6 Ø.6 Ø.6 5/- / HEX 5/- / HEX 5/- / HEX X 0- (F) X 0- (F).95.5 X 0- (F).5 Ø.50 Ø.50 Ø.6 Ø.50 Ø.6 5/- 70 BARB Ø.6 5/- 70 BARB 5/- 70 BARB X 0- (F) X 0- (F).95.5 X 0- (F).5 Ø.6 Ø.6 Ø.6 5/- 5/- /4 PI /4 PI 5/-.87 /4 PI X 0- (F) X 0- (F).95.5 X 0- (F).5 Ø.6 Ø.6 5/- Ø.6 5/- 5/ PI 5/ PI 5/- 5/ PI - Input - Input - Input -4 Input -5 Input -6 Input -7 Input CONTROL -WAY VALVES SERIES & CONTROL VALVE ACCESSORIES VALVES

12 Product Features Features & -WAY SERIES CONTROL VALVES The Series features /8 NPT female and /4 push-to-connect connections contributing to higher flow rates. Push-in connections are available on both the input and output ports for plumbing convenience. 58 possible configurations Four input options Swivel output port High flow Closed Cross-Over Poppet design contributes to long product life Closed crossover (NC Only) The normally closed Series features a stem and poppet that work in conjunction with one another. The poppet seals the exhaust port before it opens to flow (normally closed). There is no transitional state from one function to the next providing the operator precise control between positions. Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in Operating Pressure Type C v 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi Normally Open Normally Open C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Actuation Force Actuator Style Normally Open Normally Closed 50 PSI 5 PSI 50 PSI 5 PSI Nylon Toggle 8 oz 9 oz 8 oz 4 oz Push Button 7/ lbs lbs / lbs 7 lbs Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Acetal Copolymer, Buna-N (optional seals available- contact factory)

13 How It Works Series Cross Section -Way Normally Closed figure A Actuated figure B Unactuated Flow Rate (scfm) Series Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) CONTROL & -WAY VALVES SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES Function When a -Way normally closed valve is actuated (figure A) the stem unseats the poppet allowing flow through port around the poppet and stem and out port. In the unactuated position (figure B) the poppet is seated. When flow enters from port it travels through the hollow stem and exhausts to atmosphere through port. The specially designed poppet has a Buna-N sealing surface which can withstand millions of cycles. Swivel input is NOT to be used as a rotary union. Port Options Mounting Method Definition Options Panel Surface Port Input Port Swivel Output /8 NPT / 0- (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Nominal mounting hole dimension /64 () nuts and () lockwasher provided MB- or MB-F Mounting Bracket Port Exhaust non-threaded, exhausts to atmosphere

14 How To Order Product Information & -WAY SERIES CONTROL VALVES 4 The Series specially designed poppet has a Buna-N sealing surface which can withstand millions of cycles -Way Normally Closed Actuator Part Number Input Output Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle A-0-4 A-0-6 A-0-7 A-0-44 A-0-46 A-0-47 A-0-64 A-0-66 A-0-67 A-0-74 A-0-76 A-0-77 H-0-4 H-0-6 H-0-7 H-0-44 H-0-46 H-0-47 H-0-64 H-0-66 H-0-67 H-0-74 H-0-76 H-0-77 F-0-4 F-0-6 F-0-7 F-0-44 F-0-46 F-0-47 F-0-64 F-0-66 F-0-67 F-0-74 F-0-76 F-0-77 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT male or /4 NPT male output ports available- contact factory /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in -Way Normally Open Push-to-connect connections are available on both the input and output ports Actuator Part Number Input Output Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle A--4 A--6 A--7 A--44 A--46 A--47 A--64 A--66 A--67 A--74 A--76 A--77 H--4 H--6 H--7 H--44 H--46 H--47 H--64 H--66 H--67 H--74 H--76 H--77 F--4 F--6 F--7 F--44 F--46 F--47 F--64 F--66 F--67 F--74 F--76 F--77 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Refer to Product Number Diagram

15 How To Order Product Information -Way Normally Closed Actuator Part Number Input Output Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle A-0-4 A-0-6 A-0-7 A-0-44 A-0-46 A-0-47 A-0-64 A-0-66 A-0-67 A-0-74 A-0-76 A-0-77 H-0-4 H-0-6 H-0-7 H-0-44 H-0-46 H-0-47 H-0-64 H-0-66 H-0-67 H-0-74 H-0-76 H-0-77 F-0-4 F-0-6 F-0-7 F-0-44 F-0-46 F-0-47 F-0-64 F-0-66 F-0-67 F-0-74 F-0-76 F-0-77 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in -Way Normally Closed Actuator Part Number Input Output Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle A--4 A--6 A--7 A--44 A--46 A--47 A--64 A--66 A--67 A--74 A--76 A--77 H--4 H--6 H--7 H--44 H--46 H--47 H--64 H--66 H--67 H--74 H--76 H--77 F--4 F--6 F--7 F--44 F--46 F--47 F--64 F--66 F--67 F--74 F--76 F--77 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in CONTROL & -WAY VALVES SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES 5 Refer to Product Number Diagram

16 How To Order Product Information CONTROL & -WAY VALVES SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES The standard Series valve output port swivels to accommodate critical alignment. System is a method of consolidating to 0 components with a common pressure source. This custom product is shown with Series valves. To order standard product refer to Product Information listing To order metal push button- use AM as the prefix to indicate metal Optional seals available- contact factory A Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuator specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart page 0) Example: Nylon push button, Series, -Way, Normally Closed, /8 NPT /0- (F) Input Port, /8 (F) Output Series 6 Actuator A = Push Button AM = Metal Button F = Momentary Toggle H = Detented Toggle HM = Metal Detented Toggle Series = Series Function = -Way = -Way Position One O = Normally Closed = Normally Open Output Port 4 = /8 NPT (F) 6 = /4 Push-in 7 = 5/ Push-in Input Port = /8 NPT / 0- (F) = 0- (F) Elbow = 0- (F) Tee 4 = /8 NPT (F) 5 = 70 Barb* 6 = /4 Push-in 7 = 5/ Push-in

17 How To Specify Push Button Actuator /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F).05 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F).6.05 /8 NPT (F) /- 5/- 5/8 HEX 5/- /8 NPT 5/8 (M) HEX 5/- /8 NPT 5/8 (M) HEX /8 NPT 5/8 (M) HEX 5/- /8 NPT 5/8 (M) HEX 5/ or /4 PI /8.05 NPT (M) 5/ or /4 PI.05 5/ or /4 PI.05 5/ or /4 PI / or /4 PI /- 5/- 5/8 HEX 5/- /8 NPT 5/8 HEX (M) 5/- /8 NPT 5/8 HEX (M) /8 NPT 5/- 5/8 HEX (M) /8 NPT 5/8 HEX (M) /8.0 NPT (M) /- 5/- 5/- 5/- 5/ /- 5/- 5/- 5/- 5/ /- 5/- 5/- 5/- 5/ /8 HEX 5/8 HEX 5/8 HEX 5/8 HEX 5/8 HEX /8 HEX 5/8 HEX 5/8 HEX 5/8 HEX 5/8.HEX X /8 NPT (F) 5/8 HEX X /8 NPT (F) 5/8 HEX X /8 NPT (F) 5/8 HEX X /8 NPT (F) 5/8 HEX X /8 NPT (F) 5/8 HEX 5/ or /4 PI.0 5/ or /4 PI.0 5/ or /4 PI.0 5/ or /4 PI.0 5/ or /4 PI /8 NPT /8 (F) NPT /8 (F) NPT /8 (F) NPT /8 (F) NPT (F) Ø.6 Ø 5/.6 or /4 PI 5/.6 or /4 PI Ø 5/.6 or /4 PI Ø 5/.6 or /4 PI 5/ or /4 PI Porting -6 Porting -7 Porting -44 Porting -46 Porting -47 Porting -64 Porting -74 Porting -66 Porting -67 Porting -76 Porting -77 Porting 5/- Ø.6 5/- 5/- 5/8 HEX Ø 5/.6.6 or /4 PI 5/8 HEX 5/- 5/ or /4 PI 5/8 HEX Ø 5/.6 or /4 PI 5/- 5/8 HEX Ø 5/.6 or /4 PI 5/8 HEX 5/ or /4 PI When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Toggle Actuator /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F).8 /8 NPT (F).8.8 /8 NPT (F).8 /8 NPT (F).8 5/- 5/- 5/- 5/8 HEX 5/8 HEX /8 NPT 5/- 5/8 HEX (M) /8 NPT (M) 5/- /8 5/8 NPT HEX (M) /8 NPT 5/8 HEX 5/ (M) or /4 PI 5/ or /4 PI.8.8 /8 NPT 5/ (M) or /4 PI.8 5/ or /4 PI /- 5/- 5/8 HEX 5/8 HEX 5/-/8 NPT 5/8 HEX (M) /8 NPT (M) /8 NPT (M) 5/- 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (M) /- 5/- 5/8 HEX 5/- /8 5/8 HEX X NPT /8 NPT 5/8 (F) HEX (F) X /8 NPT (F).8 X /8 NPT (F) 5/- 5/8 HEX X /8 NPT (F) 5/ or /4 PI 5/ or /4 PI / or /4 PI.4.5 5/ or /4 PI /- 5/8 HEX 5/- /8 NPT (M) 5/- 5/- 5/8 HEX 5/8 HEX 5/8/8 HEX 5/ NPT or (F) /4 PI /8 NPT (F) 5/-.8 /8 NPT (F) 5/8 HEX /8 /8 NPT (F) (F) /8 NPT (F).54 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /- 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (M) 5/ or 5/- 5/ or 5/- 5/ or 5/- 5/8 HEX /4 PI 5/8 HEX /4 PI 5/8 HEX /4 PI 5/ or 5/- 5/8 HEX /4 PI.4 5/ or /4 PI.54 5/ or /4 PI.54 5/ or /4 PI / or /4 PI /- 5/ or 5/8 5/ or 5/- 5/8 5/8 HEX HEX HEX 5/ /4 PI or 5/8 HEX /4 PI X /8 NPT (F) /4 PI 5/- 5/ or 5/8 HEX /4 PI 5/ or /4 PI Porting -6 Porting -7 Porting -44 Porting -46 Porting -47 Porting -64 Porting -74 Porting -66 Porting -67 Porting -76 Porting -77 Porting CONTROL & -WAY VALVES SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES BIMBA BIM-PCFL-09 Catalog 09 For Technical 5/- Assistance: /8 HEX /8 NPT (F)

18 Product Features Features & -WAY 00 & 00 SERIES CONTROL VALVES The 00 & 00 Series valves feature miniature size and a single stem design. The 00 Series valve features /6 barbed porting and is ideal for use as a pilot service device. The 00 Series is available with five porting configurations offering the following: > > 0- (F) Input/Output: Ideal for use as a pilot actuating device and for basic on/off functions > > Rear Ported: Streamlined profile with side-by-side porting for use in space constrained applications > > /8 NPT Input: Ideal for direct mounting in a manifold or other machine member > > Cartridge: Ideal for use in manifold systems and custom applications where space is limited > > 0- (F) Fully ported: Threaded exhaust port can be used in applications to direct and capture exhaust flow- see Plumbing Options for Fully Ported Valves, page, for alternative plumbing options. Single stem design Compact size Four input options Technical Data Performance Data Numerous porting configurations Fully ported design offers plumbing versatility Vacuum applications to 6 Hg Temperature Range Operating Pressure Product C v Flow Rate (scfm) Port - Fill Time sec/ in Port - Port - 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI 8 00 Series Barbed N.C..06 n/a Series Barbed N.O..00 n/a º to 60º F 6 Hg to 5 psi 00 Series 0- (F) Input/output 00 Series 0- (F) Fully ported 00 Series /8 NPT Input.0 n/a n/a Way valves ideal for use in liquid applications compatible with materials of construction C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Actuation Force Actuator Style 00 Series Barbed 00 Series 0- Input 00 Series Fully Ported 0- (F) 50 PSI 5 PSI 50 PSI 5 PSI 50 PSI 5 PSI Toggle 6 oz oz 6 oz oz 6 oz oz Ball 9 oz 5 oz 9 oz 5 oz 9 oz 5 oz Push Button 9 oz 5 oz 9 oz 5 oz 9 oz 5 oz Integral Air Pilot n/a n/a 0 psi 40 psi 0 psi 40 psi Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Aluminum/ Anodize, Stainless Steel, Buna-N (optional seals available- contact factory)

19 How It Works 00 Series Cross Section -Way Normally Closed figure A Actuated figure B Unactuated 0- (F) Input/Output figure A Actuated Flow Rate (scfm) Flow Rate (scfm) 00 Series Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) 00 Series Flow Chart CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 00 & 00 VALVE SERIES ACCESSORIES CONTROL VALVES Fully Ported 0- (F) figure B Unactuated Function Input Pressure (psi) 9 In the actuated position (figure A) air flows through port travels around the lower O-ring and flows out port - the upper O-ring seals the passage preventing exhaust flow out of the valve. In the unactuated position (figure B) the lower O-ring seals the flow at port, allowing flow to enter port travel around the upper seal and exhaust to atmosphere through port. The 0- (F) fully ported valve allows the capture and removal of exhaust flow. (See Plumbing Options for Fully Ported Valves, page, for alternative plumbing methods.) Port Options Mounting Method Valve Input Input Exhaust Panel Surface Barbed 06 Barb 06 Barb non-threaded 0- (F) Input/Output 0- (F) 0- (F) non-threaded Rear Ported 0- (F) 0- (F) non-threaded Nominal mounting hole dimension /64 () nuts and () lockwasher provided MB- or MB-F Mounting Bracket /8 NPT Input /8 NPT 0- (F) non-threaded *Cartridge non-threaded non-threaded non-threaded 0- (F) Fully Ported 0- (F) 0- (F) 0- (F) *Cartridge valve mounting drawing on page 0

20 How To Order Product Information CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 00 & 00 VALVE SERIES ACCESSORIES CONTROL VALVES 0 Stainless Steel 0- Fully Ported valve with M5 threads available - contact factory 00 Series Barbed Valve /6 Tube ID Barb Type Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Open -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Open C070 C070 C0705 C0707 C07 C07 C075 C077 C050 C050 C0505 C0507 C05 C05 C055 C057 C060 C060 C0605 C0607 C06 C06 C065 C067 C040 C040 C0405 C0407 C04 C04 C045 C047 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball 00 Series Standard 0- (F) Type Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed C000 C000 C0005 C0007 C0009 C00 C00 C005 C007 C000 C000 C0005 C0007 C0009 C00 C00 C005 C007 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball 06 Barb Integral Air Pilot Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball 06 Barb Integral Air Pilot Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball 00 Series Standard 0- (F) Type Part Number Operator -Way Normally Open -Way Normally Open C0040 C0040 C00405 C00407 C004 C004 C0045 C0047 C007 C000 C000 C0005 C0007 C00 C00 C005 C007 C007 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Stainless Steel Ball Viton is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers

21 How To Order Product Information Type Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed 00 Series Standard Stainless Steel 0- (F) C00 C00 C005 C007 C0 C0 C05 C07 C00 C00 C005 C007 C0 C0 C05 C07 00 Series Rear Ported 0- (F) Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball 00 Series /8 NPT Input Type Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed 00 Series Cartridge C0070 C0070 C00705 C00707 C007 C007 C0075 C0077 C0060 C0060 C00605 C00607 C006 C006 C0065 C0067 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball 00 Series 0- Fully Ported Type Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed C0050 C0050 C00505 C00507 C00509 C0050 C005 C005 C0055 C0057 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball 06 Barb Integral Air Pilot Pin Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball 00 Series Standard Stainless Steel 0- (F) & -WAY 00 & 00 SERIES CONTROL VALVES Type Part Number Operator Type Part Number Operator Type Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed C000 C000 C0005 C0007 C00 C00 C005 C007 C0090 C0090 C00905 C00907 C009 C009 C0095 C0097 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed C040 C040 C0405 C0407 C04 C04 C045 C047 C00 C00 C005 C007 C0 C0 C05 C07 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball -Way Normally Closed C000 C000 C0005 C0007 C00 C00 C005 C007 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Look for this symbol next to the part number listing to easily locate stainless steel products.

22 How To Order Product Information CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 00 & 00 VALVE SERIES ACCESSORIES CONTROL VALVES The threaded exhaust port can be used in applications to direct and capture exhaust flow. 00 & 00 Series valves feature miniature size and a single stem design. To order standard product refer to Product Information listing With Ethylene Propylene O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CE With Viton O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CV * 06 barb- recommended for use with /6 ID PUR tubing Seals O= Buna-N E= Ethylene Propylene V= Viton CO 6 0 Style and Function *4 Barbed WNO 06 /8 NPT Input WNC *5 Barbed WNO 07 /8 NPT Input WNC *6 Barbed WNC 09 Rear Ported WNC *7 Barbed WNC 0 Rear Ported WNC 0 Standard WNC 0 Fully Ported SS WNC 0 Standard WNC Standard SS WNC 0 Standard WNO Standard SS WNC 04 Standard WNO Cartridge WNC 05 Fully Ported WNC 4 Cartridge WNC Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuator specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart page 0) Example: 00 Series - Buna N O-rings, -Way Normally Closed, with Detented Toggle 00 & 00 Series Actuator 0= Detented Nylon Toggle 0= Momentary Nylon Toggle 05= Nylon Button 07= Nylon Ball 09= 06 Barb Integral Air Pilot 0= Pin = Metal Detented Toggle = Metal Momentary Toggle 5= Metal Button 7= Stainless Steel Ball Viton is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers

23 How To Specify Barbed Ports (Normally Closed) X / /-X /6. X / X /6.76 5/- X /6.6 X / /- 5/- 5/- 9/6 HEX.5 9/6 HEX 9/6 HEX /6 HEX.5 9/6 HEX 9/6 HEX C060 C060 C070 C070 C0605 C065 C0705 C075 C0607 C067 C0707 C077 Barbed Ports (Normally Open) X /6 X /6 X / /- 5/- X /6.5 X /6 X / /- 5/- X /6.45 X / / /6.5 HEX 9/6 HEX /6 HEX 9/6 HEX.5.5 9/6 HEX 9/6 HEX C040 C040 C050 C050 C0405 C045 C0505 C055 C0407 C047 C0507 C057 CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 00 & 00 VALVE SERIES ACCESSORIES CONTROL VALVES 5/- 5/- X / /6 HEX C06 C06 C07 C X /6 X / /6 HEX C04 C04 C05 C05 9/6 HEX 5/- Refer to Product Number Diagram for part number description. Port is for -Way products only. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 5/- 5/-

24 How To Specify CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 00 & 00 VALVE SERIES ACCESSORIES CONTROL VALVES Standard /- 5/-.7 5/ /- 5/- 5/ /- 5/- 5/- X 0- (F) X 0- (F) 9/6 HEX X 9/6 0- HEX(F) 9/6 HEX X 0- (F) X 0- (F) X 9/6 0- HEX(F) 9/6 HEX 9/6 HEX X 0- (F) X 0- (F) X 0- (F) 9/6 HEX 9/6 HEX 9/6 HEX C000 C000 C000 C0040 C000 C000 C000a C0040 C0005 C0005 C0005 C00405 C005 C005 C005 C0045 C0007 C0007 C0007 C00407 C007 C007 C007 C0047 Standard (Stainless.80 Steel).06 X 0- (F) X 0- (F).8 5/- Ø 5/ /- Ø 5/8.6 X 0- (F) X 0- (F) 5/- 5/ /- 5/- Ø 5/8 Ø 5/8 Ø 5/8 Ø 5/8 X 0- (F) X 0- (F) C00 C00 C00 C00 C005 C05 C005 C05 C007 C07 C007 C Barb Barb 5/- 5/- X 0- (F) X 0- (F) 9/6 HEX 9/6 HEX C0009 C /- Ø 5/8 X 0- (F) C0 C0 C0 C X 0- (F).00.8 X 0- (F).8 9/6 HEX 9/6 HEX 5/- 5/- Refer to Product Number Diagram for part number description. Port is for -Way products only. C00 C00 C00 C004 C00 C00 C00 C004

25 How To Specify Rear Ported /8 NPT Input /- X 0- (F) 5/- X 0- (F) /- X 0- (F) 5/- X 0- (F) /- X 0- (F) 5/- X 0- (F) C0090 C0090 C000 C000 C00905 C0095 C0005 C005 C00907 C0097 C0007 C /- 5/ /- 5/ /- 5/- 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex 0- (F) 0- (F) 0- (F) 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex 0- (F) 0- (F) 0- (F) 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex 0- (F) 0- (F) C0060 C0060 C0070 C0070 C00605 C0065 C00705 C0075 C00607 C0067 C00707 C0077 & -WAY 00 & 00 SERIES CONTROL VALVES /-.75 X 0- (F) C009 C009 C00 C /- 5/- 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex 0- (F) 0- (F) C006 C006 C007 C007 5 Refer to Product Number Diagram for part number description. Port is for -Way products only. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

26 How To Specify.60 Cartridge X 0- (F) X 0- (F).8 Fully Ported CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 00 & 00 VALVE SERIES ACCESSORIES CONTROL VALVES Ø Ø.4 Ø Ø.4.68 Ø.4. Ø.4.67 Ø.4 Ø.4 Ø.4 Ø.4 Ø.4 Ø.4 Ø.4 Ø.4 C00 C00 C040 C040 C005 C05 C0405 C045 C007 C07 C0407 C047 C0 C0 C04 C04 9/6 Hex 5/-.9/6 Hex 5/-.98 X 0- (F) /-.80 X 0- (F).80 X 0- (F) 9/6 Hex.80 9/6 Hex 5/-.65 X 0- (F).8 9/6 Hex 5/ X 0- (F).7.8 9/6 Hex 5/-.57 X 0- (F) X 0- (F).8 9/6 Hex 5/- 9/6 Hex 5/- 9/6 Hex 5/ X 0- (F) X 0- (F).8 06 Barb 06 5/- 9/6 Hex Barb 5/- 9/6 Hex C0050 C0050 C00505 C0055 C00507 C0057 C Ø 0.47 Ø X 0- (F).76 X 0- (F) C0050 Retained by head of screw.67 Ø 0.47 Ø Mounting Options Preferred Method Caution- do NOT over torque retention screw 5/- 5/ /6 Hex 9/6 Hex.5 X 0- (F).5 X 0- (F) C005 C005 Retained by set screw 5/- 5/- 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex

27 How To Specify Fully Ported (Stainless Steel) / / /-. X 0- (F) Ø 5/8.80 X 0- (F) Ø 5/8.7 X 0- (F) Ø 5/8.5 C000 C000 C0005 C005 C0007 C007 CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 00 & 00 VALVE SERIES ACCESSORIES CONTROL VALVES.00.8 X 0- (F) C00 C00 7 5/- Ø 5/8 Refer to Product Number Diagram for part number description. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

28 Product Features Features CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 400 SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES The 400 Series valves offer and -Way Normally Closed functions and feature several configurations for plumbing convenience. The /8 NPT (F) Standard Ported valve features /8 NPT female bottom input and side output ports. The exhaust port is non-threaded and is located opposite the output port. The /8 NPT (F) Fully Ported and /8 NPT (F) Side Ported valves feature a threaded exhaust port that can be used in applications to direct and capture exhaust flow. The cartridge valve is ideal for use in manifold systems and custom applications where space is limited. The /8 NPT (F) Rear Ported valve features parallel bottom input and output porting with a streamlined design ideal for use in space constrained applications. Compact size (.5 OAL) 4 Porting configurations High flow Single stem design Plumbing versatility Mounting versatility Vacuum applications to 6 Hg Technical Data Performance Data 8 Temperature Range Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in Operating Pressure C v 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI -0º to 60º F 6 Hg to 5 psi Flow information supplied for flow path -. Plumbing Options for Fully Ported Valves Function Port Port Port -Way N.C. Input Output Exhaust -Way N.O. Exhaust Output Input -Way Vacuum Input Output Exhaust -Way Diverter Output Input Output -Way Selector Input Output Input -Way Vacuum Output Input N/A Note: Alternative plumbing methods for fully ported valves only. C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Brass, Buna-N (optional seals available - contact factory)

29 How It Works 400 Series Cross Section -Way Normally Closed figure A Actuated Flow Rate (scfm) 400: Series Flow Rate Input Pressure (psi) CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 400 SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES figure B Unactuated 400 Series /8 NPT Side Ported Valves Function 9 In the actuated position (figure A) air flows through port travels around the lower O-ring and out port. The center O-ring seals the passage blocking exhaust flow. In the unactuated position (figure B) the lower O-ring seals port allowing return flow to enter port, travel around the center seal and exhaust to atmosphere through port. Port Options Definition /8 NPT Standard /8 NPT Rear Ported /8 NPT Fully Ported /8 NPT Side Ported Port Input /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Port Output /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Port Exhaust *non-threaded *non-threaded /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) * Exhausts to atmosphere Actuation Force Actuator Style 50 PSI 5 PSI Toggle oz 9 oz Ball / lbs 5/ lbs Push Button / lbs 5/ lbs

30 How To Order Product Information CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 400 SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES The /8 NPT Rear Ported valve features parallel porting in a compact design Eight standard operators options are available on the 400 Series valves /8 NPT Standard The cartridge valve is ideal for use in manifold systems and custom applications where space is limited /8 NPT Side Ported Type Part Number Operator Type Part Number Operator C0400 C0400 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary C04040 C04040 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary 0 -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed C04005 C04007 C040 C040 C0405 C0407 C0400 C0400 C04005 C04007 C040 C040 C0405 C0407 Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball -Way Normally Closed C C C0404 C0404 C04045 C04047 Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Mounting Method Panel Nominal mounting hole dimension /64 Surface ().0 diam. thru holes () nuts and () lockwasher provided

31 How To Order Product Information Panel mount or surface mount /8 NPT input valves /8 NPT Fully Ported Type Part Number Operator The 400 Series valves feature plumbing versatility /8 NPT Rear Ported Type Part Number Operator CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 400 SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES C04050 C04050 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary C0400 C0400 Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary -Way Normally Closed Cartridge Type Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed C C C0405 C0405 C04055 C04057 C04070 C04070 C C0407 C0407 C04075 C04060 C04060 C C0406 C0406 C04065 Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed C04005 C04007 C040 C040 C0405 C0407 C04090 C04090 C C C0409 C0409 C04095 C04097 Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball Toggle Detented Toggle Momentary Nylon Button Nylon Ball Metal Toggle Detented Metal Toggle Momentary Metal Button Stainless Steel Ball

32 How To Order Product Information CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 400 SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES The 400 Series valves are available in a -Way function featuring several configurations for plumbing convenience. The /8 NPT Side Ported Valve is able to accommodate reverse flow applications- contact factory To order standard product refer to Product Information listing With Ethylene Propylene O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CE With Viton O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CV CO 40 0 Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuator specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart page 0) Example: 400 Series - Buna N O-rings, Standard -Way Normally Closed, with Detented Nylon Toggle 400 Series Seals O= Buna-N E= Ethylene Propylene V= Viton Style and Function 40= Standard WNC 40= Standard WNC 404= Side Ported WNC 405= Fully Ported WNC 406= Cartridge WNC 407= Cartridge WNC 409= Rear Ported WNC 40= Rear Ported WNC Actuator 0= Detented Nylon Toggle 0= Momentary Nylon Toggle 05= Nylon Button 07= Nylon Ball = Metal Detented Toggle = Metal Momentary Toggle 5= Metal Button 7= Stainless Steel Ball 5= Metal Button 7= Stainless Steel Ball Viton is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers

33 How To Specify Standard /- 5/-.6 5/- 5/- 5/ X Ø X Ø.00 /8 NPT /8 NPT /8 NPT Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT /8 NPT Ø.0 (X).6.8 /8 NPT Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT.50 Typ.50 Typ C0400 C0400 C0400 C0400 C04005 C0405 C04005 C0405 C04007 C0407 C04007 C Ø.0.66 (X) Ø.0.0 (X) Ø.0 (X) /-.5 5/-/8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X) 5/ /8 NPT.78 (X) Ø.0 (X) Ø.0 (X) Ø.0 (X) /- 5/- /8 NPT (X) 5/- /8 NPT (X) Side Ported /- 5/- /8 NPT (X) Ø.0.66 (X).4 Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X) C04040 C04040 C C04045 C C04047 CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 400 SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES C040 C040 C040 C Ø.0 (X).66 Ø.0 (X) C0404 C0404 5/- 5/ Ø.0 (X).6.8 /8 NPT Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT 5/- 5/- /8 NPT (X) Refer to Product Number Diagram for part number description. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. /8 NPT (X)

34 How To Specify & -WAY 400 SERIES CONTROL VALVES 4 Fully Ported.8 5/-.98 5/ / /8 NPT (X) Port is for -Way products only /8 ÿ.0 NPT (X) (X) /8 NPT (X) ÿ.0 (X).78 /8 NPT (X) /- 5/-.6.6 ÿ.0 (X) 5/- ÿ.0 (X).6 /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT ÿ.0 (X) (X) /- 5/ / / When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation All dimensions shown subject to change without notice..0 ÿ.0 (X) /8 NPT (X) ÿ.0 (X).6 /8 ÿ.0 NPT (X) (X) /8 NPT (X).. ÿ.0 (X) /8 ÿ.0 NPT (X) (X) C04050 C04050 C C04055 C C04057 C0405 C0405 Rear Ported /- 5/- ÿ.0 (X ) 5/- ÿ.0 (X ) 5/- ÿ.0 (X ) /- 5/- ÿ.0 (X ) 5/- ÿ.0 (X ) ÿ.0 (X ) / /- ÿ.0 (X ) 5/- ÿ.0 (X ) ÿ.0 (X ) /- 5/- ÿ.0 (X ) 5/- ÿ.0 (X ) ÿ.0 (X ) Typ /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X).6.6 /8 NPT (X).6 /8 NPT (X).50 Typ.50 Typ /8 NPT (X).50 /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X).50 /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X) C04090 C04090 C0400 C0400 C C04095 C04005 C0405 C C04097 C04007 C0407 C0409 C0409 C040 C040

35 How To Specify -Way Cartridge -Way Cartridge C04060 C04060 C C04065 C0406 C C04070 C04070 C C04075 C0407 C0407 CONTROL & -WAY VALVES 400 SERIES & VALVE CONTROL ACCESSORIES VALVES Contact factory for cavity dimension drawing. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 5

36 Product Features PILOT OPERATED CARTRIDGE VALVES Features Pneumadyne s new Pilot Operated Cartridge Valves offer a high flow rate in a compact package. Designed for integration in a pneumatic circuit s valve block, these.50 inch and.500 inch orifice valves can be used as either a -Way or -Way function (see plumbing options). Our exclusive PneuTef plating process results in a smooth, slippery finish which extends product life and also allows the valves to be used in both lubricated and non-lubricated air applications. -Way & -Way Normally Closed or Normally Open PneuTef plated for longer life Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi Air Flow information supplied for flow path -. Lubricated & non-lubricated air High flow rate Compact size Solenoid Valve for Air Pilot Spring Cartridge Valve Body Spool Buna Seals Plumbing Options 6 Function Port Port Port -Way N.C. Input Output Exhaust -Way N.O. Exhaust Output Input -Way N.C. Input Output omit -Way N.O. n/a Output Input Pilot Pressure Ratio Part Number Input Pilot C50 C psi 40 psi+ 0-0 psi 0 psi + 0 psi min 80% of Input 0 psi min 70% of Input Materials Function Port Body Spool Seals Spring Aluminum/PneuTef plated Aluminum/Anodized Buna-N Stainless Steel

37 How To Order Product Information Pilot Operated Cartridge Valves Part Number Description C50 Cartridge Valve,.50 in. Orifice C500 Cartridge Valve,.500 in. Orifice When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. C50 X O-RING SEAL 4X. 99 THRU ALL X 45 DEBURR To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Contact Pneumadyne for custom valve blocks or manifolds for use with the Cartridge Valves. Cavity drawings available, contact factory PILOT OPERATED CARTRIDGE VALVES EXHAUST.406 X.50 OUT IN R.05 MAX NOTE:.875 ) For -way applications, omit exhaust port in manfold. ) Decimal tolerances = C X O-RING SEAL 4X. 48 THRU ALL. 0 X 45 CHMF DEBURR EXHAUST 0.65 X.500 OUT IN R.05 MAX NOTE: ) For -way applications, omit exhaust port in manifold. ) Decimal tolerances =

38 Product Features Features CONTROL & -WAY VALVES & SUB-MICRO VALVE ACCESSORIES Pneumadyne s Sub-Micro valves offer a higher flow rate than similar subminiature valves in the marketplace. An impressive flow rate of.9 scfm at 5 psi produces a Cv of.04. In addition to accommodating vacuum applications, the versatile design allows these -Way valves to be plumbed as normally closed or normally open. Metal actuators enhance the robust design of Pneumadyne s sub-micro valves. The unique design of the detented toggle offers roller ball-like actuation resulting in less wear and longer product life. Flats on the threaded neck ensure that the valve will not rotate when panel mounted. Electroless nickel plating provides corrosion resistance and a pleasing appearance. Plumbing versatility Metal actuators /6 barbs Technical Data Performance Data Precision machined Robust design Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in³ Temperature Range Operating Pressure C v 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Exhaust Time sec/ in³ 00-0 PSI -0º to 60º F 6 Hg to 5 psi Actuation Force 8 Actuator Style -Way Valve -Way Valve 50 PSI 5 PSI 50 PSI 5 PSI Push Button 4 oz 4 oz.4 oz 4 oz Toggle 7 oz oz 7 oz oz Plumbing Options for Fully Ported Valves Function Port Port Port -Way N.C. Exhaust Output Input -Way N.O. Input Output Exhaust -Way Diverter Output Input Output -Way Selector Input Output Input Note: For vacuum application, plumb vacuum source at port. C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Materials Brass / Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N, Phosphate

39 How To Order Product Information Sub-Micro Valve The Sub-Micro valve features an impressive flow rate of.9 scfm at 5 psi producing a Cv of.04 Type Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed AMM-0-66 HMM-0-66 AMM-0-66 HMM-0-66 AMM-0-66 HMM-0-66 X / X /8 Hex 5/6 Hex Metal Button Toggle Detented Metal Button Toggle Detented AMM-0-66 X /6 HMM-0-66 X /6 X /6 To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Mounting nuts provided. /6 barbs recommended for use with /6 ID PUR tubing X /8 Hex 5/6 Hex Flow Rate (scfm) Sub-Micro Valve Flow Chart WNC Input Pressure (psi) CONTROL & -WAY VALVES & SUB-MICRO VALVE ACCESSORIES Mounting Method Nominal Panel Mounting Hole Dimension AMM-*0-66 Ø 7/64 () nut provided HMM-*0-66 Ø /64 () nuts provided

40 Product Features Features & -WAY VALVES -POSITION TOGGLE -Position Toggle valves shown with Heavy Duty actuator for use in extreme environments. Standard detented and momentary toggles differ in appearance. The new -Position Valves are ideal for use in rugged applications. The combination of the solid aluminum body and stainless steel toggle provides the strength needed to withstand harsh conditions. These -Way and -Way valves feature /8 NPT (F) ports and provide a flow rate of 4 scfm at 5 psi. Both detented and momentary toggles are offered to fit actuation requirements. For extreme environments, heavy duty toggles are also available (-HD option). /8 NPT (F) ports Heavy duty toggle available -Way or -Way function Technical Data Detented & Momentary actuation Panel or surface mount Anodized for corrosion resistance Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi Compatible w/ seals Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in³ Product C v 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in³ 00-0 PSI C040X C040X Actuation Force Pressure -Way -Way 50 psi 7 oz 7 oz 5 psi 7/ lbs 7/ lbs Mounting Method Panel Nominal hole dimension 5/ () nuts provided Surface ().9 diam. thru holes Materials Aluminum/Anodize, Brass/Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N (other seals available contact factory)

41 How To Order Product Information -Position Toggle Valve Type Part Number Porting Actuation* -Way Normally Closed Heavy Duty Toggle -Way Normally Closed Heavy Duty Toggle C040x-HD C040 /8 NPT (F) Det C040 /8 NPT (F) Mom C040-HD /8 NPT (F) Det C040-HD /8 NPT (F) Mom C040 /8 NPT (F) Det C040 /8 NPT (F) Mom C040-HD /8 NPT (F) Det C040-HD /8 NPT (F) Mom 0 To order standard product refer to Product Information listing With Buna-N O-ring seal, part number listed in chart. With Ethylene Propylene O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CE With Viton O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CV When design makes a dimension criticalcontact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. * -Position toggle valve shown with Heavy Duty toggle style (at left) and with Silicone Protective Boot (sold separately) installed (at right) & -WAY VALVES -POSITION TOGGLE /4- mounting nuts provided.0 Exhaust Port Ø.90 Thru.5 /8 NPT Output /8 NPT Input -Way valves exhaust to atmosphere.58 Accessory Part Number PPB-/4 Description Silicone protective boot for use with momentary style -Position Toggle Valves Only

42 Product Features Features & -WAY VALVES -POSITION TOGGLE The -Position Toggle Valve offers the highest flow rate of the Pneumadyne valve line. This dual function product contains two valves in one body with a common input and common exhaust. The -Way high flow valves (C0480 & C0490) feature a red anodized body for easy identification. The smaller electroless nickel version (C0440X) is ideal in limited space applications. Maximum flow rate for miniature valve line Dual function Mounting versatility Technical Data Performance Data Push-to-connect fittings available Available with /8 NPT or /4 NPT porting 4 Product C0440X C0450X C0460X C0480X C0490X Caution: ONLY High Flow version can be plumbed with input at Port. Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Temperature Range -0º to 60º F Flow Path Operating Pressure Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in³ C v 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in³ 00-0 PSI to 5 psi /- 0 to 50 psi Actuation Force Product -Way Valve -Way Valve 50 PSI 5 PSI 50 PSI 5 PSI C0440X N/A N/A 56 oz 7 oz C0450X & C0460X 7 oz 7-/ lbs 7 oz 7-/ lbs C0480X & C0490X 64 oz 84 oz N/A N/A Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N (other seals available contact factory) -Position toggle valve shown with Heavy Duty Toggle style (at left) and with Silicone Protective Boot (sold separately) installed (at right)

43 How It Works Position Toggle Cross Section -Way Normally Closed The -Position Toggle Valve offers the highest flow rate of the Bimba valve line. Exhaust Port Flow Rate (scfm) Position Toggle Flow Chart C0450X & C0460X CONTROL & -WAY VALVES & -POSITION VALVE ACCESSORIES TOGGLE Input Pressure (psi) figure A figure B Function 4 When the toggle is centered in the -Way configuration all ports are blocked, in the -Way configuration both output ports are open to exhaust. Port Options Port Input Port Output Exhaust /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) Non-threaded (-Way Exhausts to Atmosphere) -Position toggle valve (C0440) features a black anodized body for corrosion and wear resistance. Mounting Method Product Panel Surface Hardware C0440X Nominal hole dimension / ().0 diam. thru holes () nuts provided C0450X C0460X C0480X C0490X Nominal hole dimension 5/ ().0 diam. thru holes () nuts provided

44 How To Order Product Information & -WAY VALVES -POSITION TOGGLE 44 With Buna-N O-ring seal, part number listed in chart. With Ethylene Propylene O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CE 400 Series -Position Toggle Valve Type Part Number Porting Actuation -Way (Standard) -Way (High Flow) -Way (Heavy Duty Toggle) -Way (Mini) -Way (Standard) -Way (Heavy Duty Toggle) Accessory C0460 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0460 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C0460 /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom C0480 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0480 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C0480 /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom C0490 /4 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0490 /4 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom C0460-HD /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0460-HD /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C0460-HD /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom C0440 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0440 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C0440 /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom C0450 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0450 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C0450 /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom C0450-HD /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0450-HD /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C0450-HD /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom With Viton O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CV. Dual Function Use: -Way High Flow C0480 & C0490 Compressor Flow Path - Inflate and deflate an air bag lift device (shown below) Dual pressure selector -Way Standard C0450X Flow Path - (not shown) Can be used in 4-W applications (open center) to extend and retract cylinders Pneumatic pilot control on a hydraulic valve Airbag Exhaust Part Number PPB-/4 Description Silicone protective boot for use with momentary style -Position Toggle Valves Only Viton is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers

45 How To Order Product Information -Position Toggle Valve Mini C0440X The smaller electroless nickel version (C0440X) is ideal in limited space applications. & -WAY VALVES -POSITION TOGGLE /4 NPT C0490X 45 /8 NPT C0450X C0460X C0480X /8, 5/, and /4 push-to-connect fittings available- see page 8 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

46 Product Features Features 6-POSITION SELECTOR VALVE Selector Valves allow the actuation of up to six individual circuits from a common input port. Two styles of valves, Standard and Shut-off, are available to accommodate application requirements. The Standard Selector Valve directs flow through each output port as the knob is turned. The Shut-off Selector Valve requires the knob to be pushed-in and turned, blocking flow to the output ports until a position is selected. These -Way valves exhaust to atmosphere upon selection of a new output port. A spring-loaded wear compensating seat retains a tight fit ensuring that the valve will not leak with wear. Pneumadyne s O-ring style and Push-to-Connect fittings are ideal for use in the 0- (F) input and output ports. 6-positions, allowing actuation of up to 6 individual circuits Common input Detented knob Two styles of actuation Black anodized for corrosion resistance Panel mount 0- (F) ports Technical Data Performance Data 46 Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in³ Temperature Range Operating Pressure Product C v 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi Exhaust Time sec/ in³ 00-0 PSI MPS MPS-6-00-S Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Mounting Method Panel Nominal mounting hole dimension 4/64 () nuts provided Materials Aluminum/Anodize, Brass/Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N, Acetal Copolymer, PTFE, Phenolic

47 How To Order Product Information 6-Position Selector Part Number MPS-6-00 MPS-6-00-S Description Standard Actuation Shut-off Actuation MPS-6-00 MPS-6-00-S To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Contact factory for custom configurations. Flow Rate (scfm) 6-Position Selector Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) CONTROL 6-POSITION VALVES SELECTOR & VALVE VALVE ACCESSORIES MPS-6-00 MPS-6-00-S Standard Products Ideal for use with Selector Valves 47 6-Position Selector Label (included) dial label is included for use as a visual guide on a panel. Knob alignment: the set screw must be aligned with the flat on the stem. O-ring Barb Fittings & Plugs (sold separately) Unused output ports can be plugged with SPG-0 Reliability of a metal-to-metal mechanical fit Captured O-ring for superior seal Precision machined barb design Electroless nickel plated brass Push-to-Connect Fittings (sold separately) Product No. SF-5PI SF-56PI Push-to-Connect: /8 or 5/ OD PU tube Collet design ensures superior clamping with various types of tubing Electroless nickel plated brass

48 Product Features Features CONTROL 4-WAY VALVES VALVES 4 & VALVE 45 SERIES ACCESSORIES 4-Way valves are one of the most commonly used pneumatic components for directional control. A 4-Way has four distinct flow paths within the valve and is commonly used to cause reversible motion of a cylinder or motor. Pneumadyne manufactures two complete series of 4-Way valves featuring multiple actuator and porting options. The 4 Series valves feature five actuator options including a specially designed Heavy Duty Toggle for use in rugged applications. The 45 Series valves feature higher flow rates and a balanced spool allowing the use of threaded exhaust ports to direct and capture exhaust flow. In addition to the standard toggles and buttons, a Double Push Button (-DP) has been added to accommodate circuitry requirements. The Double Push Button is most commonly used in conjunction with air pilot operators. This combination allows two different pneumatic signals to actuate the valve and direct air flow. For plumbing convenience, push-to-connect fittings are also available. 4-Way position function Balanced spool design (45 Series) Heavy duty toggle available Panel or surface mount Push-to-connect fittings available Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi Compatible w/ seals 48 Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time Product C v sec/ in³ 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI 45 Series 0- (F) Exhaust Time sec/ in³ 00-0 PSI Series /8 NPT (F) Series C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Port Options Panel Port, Input Port, 4 Output Port, 5 Exhaust 45 Series 0- (F) 0- (F) 0- (F) 0- (F) 45 Series /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) 4 Series C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. (x) 0- (F) (x) 5/ PI (x) /8 NPT (F) (x) /4 PI (x) /8 PI non-threaded NOT TO BE RESTRICTED Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Nickel, Buna-N (other seals available - contact factory) Note: If the valve is used to select between two different pressures, the higher pressure must flow between ports 4 and 5, the lower pressure between port and.

49 How It Works 4 Series Cross Section 4-Way -Position figure A Flow Rate (scfm) 45 Series: /8 NPT (F) Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) 4 Series Flow Chart CONTROL 4-WAY VALVES VALVES 4 & VALVE 45 SERIES ACCESSORIES figure B Function 4 Flow Rate (scfm) Input Pressure (psi) 49 In the example above (figure A) flow is directed through port to port 4 as port exhausts to atmosphere through port. In figure B the spool is reversed and the flow is directed through port to as port 4 exhausts to atmosphere through port 5. Actuation Force Actuator Style 45 Series: 0- (F) 45 Series: /8 NPT (F) 4 Series 50 PSI 5 PSI 50 PSI 5 PSI 50 PSI 5 PSI Nylon Toggle 6 oz 6 oz 6 oz 0 oz N/A N/A Metal Toggle oz oz oz 6 oz 6 oz 6 oz Push Button 5 lbs 8 lbs 5 lbs 8 lbs lbs lbs Double Push 6 oz lbs 6 oz lbs oz oz Mounting Method Series Panel Surface 45 Series 0- (F) /64 MB- or MB-F 45 Series /8 NPT (F) /64 ().4 diam. thru holes 4 Series /64 ().0 diam. thru holes 4 Series Heavy Duty Toggle / ().0 diam. thru holes

50 How To Order Product Information CONTROL 4-WAY VALVES VALVES 4 & VALVE 45 SERIES ACCESSORIES 50 Please use Product Number Diagram to interpret part numbers (do not attempt to build part numbers) see Product Information for part number listing. To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Optional seals- contact factory. Spring Bias function available to custom orders. Push/Pull Knob (PK) now available in red. To order add a - suffix to the part number. Actuator A= Push Button H= Heavy Duty Detent Toggle F= Heavy Duty Momentary Toggle A4C-00-DP Finish C= Black Anodize N= Electroless Nickel (0- Only) Port Options 00= 0- (F) 5= /8 Push-in 56= 5/ Push-in 50= /4 Push-in /8= /8 NPT (F) Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuators specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart- page 0). Example: 4 Series, Aluminum/ Black Anodize, 0- (F) ports, Double Push Button 4 Series Series 4= 4 Series Actuator Style DP= Double Push DT= Toggle Detent PK= Push/Pull Knob SR= Spring Return 4 Series valve with Heavy Duty Toggle and push-to-connect fittings Example: 45 Series, Nylon Button, 0- Fully Ported, Spring Return 45 Series AP45-00-SR Actuator AP= Push Button AM= Metal Button FP= Momentary Toggle HP= Detented Toggle HM= Metal Detented Toggle Series 45= 45 Series Port Options 00= 0- (F) /8= /8 NPT (F) Actuator Style DP= Double Push DT= Detented SR= Spring Return

51 How To Order Product Information 4 Series Standard 4-Way Port Position Porting Part Number Actuator 0- (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 Push-in 5/ Push-in A4C-00-DP A4C-00-PK A4C-00-SR A4N-00-DP A4N-00-PK A4N-00-SR F4C-00-SR F4N-00-SR H4C-00-DT H4N-00-DT A4C-/8-DP A4C-/8-PK A4C-/8-SR F4C-/8-SR H4C-/8-DT A4C-5-DP A4C-5-PK A4C-5-SR F4C-5-SR H4C-5-DT A4C-56-DP A4C-56-PK A4C-56-SR F4C-56-SR H4C-56-DT Double Push Button Push/Pull Knob Button w/ Spring Return Double Push Button- ENI Push/Pull Knob- ENI Button w/ Spring Return- ENI Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom- ENI Heavy Duty Toggle-Det Heavy Duty Toggle-Det Double Push Button Push/Pull Knob Button w/ Spring Return Heavy Duty Toggle- Mom Heavy Duty Toggle-Det Double Push Button Push/Pull Knob Button w/ Spring Return Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom Heavy Duty Toggle-Det Double Push Button Push/Pull Knob Button w/ Spring Return Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom Heavy Duty Toggle-Det 45 series valves are also available with /8, 5/, /4 and push-to-connect fittings- see page 8 4 Series Standard 4-Way Port Position Porting Part Number Actuator /4 Push-in A4C-50-DP A4C-50-PK A4C-50-SR F4C-50-SR H4C-50-DT 45 Series 0- (F) Fully Ported 4-Way 5 Port Positions Double Push Button Push/Pull Knob Button w/ Spring Return Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom Heavy Duty Toggle-Det Porting Part Number Actuator CONTROL 4-WAY VALVES VALVES 4 & VALVE 45 SERIES ACCESSORIES 5 0- (F) AP45-00-DP AP45-00-SR AM45-00-SR FP45-00-SR HP45-00-DT HM45-00-DT Double Push Button Nylon Button Metal Button Nylon Tog Mom Nylon Tog Det Metal Tog Det 45 Series /8 NPT (F) Fully Ported 4-Way 5 Port Positions Porting Part Number Actuator /8 NPT (F) AP45-/8-DP AP45-/8-SR AM45-/8-SR FP45-/8-SR HP45-/8-DT HM45-/8-DT Double Push Button Nylon Button Metal Button Nylon Tog Mom Nylon Tog Det Metal Tog Det

52 How To Specify CONTROL 4-WAY VALVES VALVES 4 & VALVE 45 SERIES ACCESSORIES 4 Series Spring Return A4C-00-SR A4N-00-SR 5/-.69 X 0- (F) Spring Return A4C-5-SR 5/- A4C-56-SR.69 A4C-50-SR X 0- (F) /-.5.5 X 0- (F) /- Thd Push/Pull Knob A4C-00-PK A4N-00-PK.6 5/- Push/Pull Knob A4C-5-PK A4C-56-PK A4C-50-PK 5/- 5/- X 0- (F) /- Thd X /8 PI x.4 5/ PI x.4.6 /4 PI x X /8 PI x.4 5/ PI x.4 /4 PI x X /8 PI x.4 5/ PI x.4 /4 PI x Double Push Button A4C-00-DP A4N-00-DP.75 X 0- (F) X /8 PI x.4 5/ PI x.4 /4 PI x.55.5 Double Push Button A4C-5-DP A4C-56-DP A4C-50-DP 5/ X 0- (F) / /-.69 5/ / X /8 PI x.4 5/ PI x.4 /4 PI x.55

53 How To Specify 4 Series Heavy Duty Toggle H4C-00-DT H4N-00-DT F4C-00-SR Heavy Duty Toggle F4C-/8-SR H4C-/8-DT /8-5/8- X Ø.0 X 0- (F).75 Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT Input and Output Port Exhaust Ports Not Threaded.5.6 5/- Thread X Ø.0 Heavy Duty Toggle H4C-5-DT H4C-56-DT H4C-50-DT F4C-5-SR F4C-56-SR F4C-50-SR.5 5/8- Double Push Button A4C-/8-DP /8 NPT Input and Output Port Exhaust Ports Not Threaded X /8 PI x.4 5/ PI x.4 /4 PI x.55.6 CONTROL 4-WAY VALVES VALVES 4 & VALVE 45 SERIES ACCESSORIES 5 Spring Return A4C-/8-SR.68.5 /8 NPT Input and Output Port Exhaust Ports Not Threaded.6 5/- Thread X Ø When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

54 How To Specify 45 Series CONTROL 4-WAY VALVES VALVES 4 & VALVE 45 SERIES ACCESSORIES FP45-/8-SR HP45-/8-DT /- THD 5X /8 NPT.8 X Ø HM45-/8-DT Ø.4 (X) 5/- Thd 5 5X /8 NPT AP45-/8-SR AM45-/8-SRT AP45-/8-DP /- THD 5/- THD X /8 NPT X /8 NPT X Ø.4 X Ø.4 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

55 How To Specify 45 Series FP45-00-SR HP45-00-DT /- Thd Ports.68 Ø.75.7 AP45-00-SR AM45-00-SR /- Thd Ports.68 Ø.75 CONTROL 4-WAY VALVES VALVES 4 & VALVE 45 SERIES ACCESSORIES HM45-00-DT AP45-00-DP Ø Ø /- Thd Ports 0- Ports /- Thd

56 Product Features Features CONTROL SYSTEM VALVES & CONSOLIDATION VALVE ACCESSORIES System is a method of consolidating to 0 components with a common pressure source. Components available for placement on the System manifold include Series Regulators, Series Valves ( A style recommended) and Series Needle Valves. All products feature swivel output porting for alignment convenience. Space Saving Variety of components on single pressure source Precision manufacturing ensures consistent valve centers Accessories available to enhance operation Technical Data Performance Data To avoid a starved system input supply should exceed total output demand. Panel Knob Knurled Knob Locknut Micro Gauge Mounting Methods The System manifold can be panel mounted or surface mounted. For panel mounting all components must be the same height. Exact center-to-center spacing makes it easy to predrill and insert the System components through the panel and tighten down. For surface mounting to a machine member use either of the two sets of mounting holes provided. 56 Optional Accessories Products available to enhance the operation of the System include: Air Pilot Operator Micro Gauges Thumb Operator Armored Push Button Operator See pages for additional information. Ordering Information The System components are modified for use only on the System manifold. For additional component information and performance data please refer to standard product sections. System manifolds feature /4 NPT (F) input ports All System assemblies are designed per order. Contact the factory for technical support regarding system requirements and to determine product configuration and part number.. Select component requirements.. Determine the sequence for component placement.. The quantity of manifold stations is determined by #. 4. Select optional accessories. All System assemblies are assembled at the factory (System manifolds are not sold separately). For component information refer to standard catalog information.

57 How To Order Product Information Series Regulators Relieving Regulator Part Number Output R-RP-4 /8 NPT (F) Knurled Knob R-RP-6 /4 Push-in R-RP-7 5- Push-in R-RP-4 /8 NPT (F) Panel Knob R-RP-6 /4 Push-in R-RP-7 5- Push-in Non-Relieving Regulator Part Number Output R-NK-4 /8 NPT (F) Knurled Knob R-NK-6 /4 Push-in R-NK-7 5- Push-in R-NP-4 /8 NPT (F) Panel Knob R-NP-6 /4 Push-in R-NP-7 5- Push-in Series Regulator Micro Gauge w/ Extended Port Housing Series Regulator Mounted on Manifold CONTROL SYSTEM VALVES & CONSOLIDATION VALVE ACCESSORIES Series Needle Valves.98.9 Part Number PNV-4 PNV-6 Output /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in Series Needle Valve Mounted on Manifold Series Valve Mounted on Manifold PNV-7 5- Push-in Series Valves Way Normally Closed Part Number Output *-0-4 /8 NPT (F) *-0-6 /4 Push-in * Push-in Way Normally Open Part Number Output *--4 /8 NPT (F) *--6 /4 Push-in * Push-in -Way Normally Closed System Manifold A B 4X Ø.5.5 TYP. Part Number Output *-0-4 /8 NPT (F) *-0-6 /4 Push-in * Push-in Part Number -Way Normally Open Output *--4 /8 NPT (F) *--6 /4 Push-in * Push-in To indicate actuator selection replace the * in the above Part Number with one of the following: A= Push Button F= Momentary Toggle H= Detented Toggle.0 TYP. Number of Stations Mounting Dimensions OAL M All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise specified. A M- -.5 M- 4.5 M M M M M M B

58 Product Features CONTROL OIL TIGHT VALVES OPERATORS & VALVE ACCESSORIES Features Bimba's offering of Oil Tight Operators provides a selection of push buttons in flush, raised and mushroom styles as well as key, knob and lever operators. All operators offer easy actuation and several are available in assorted colors, useful in coding control panels. The rugged design is oil and water tight, ensuring that liquids will not leak behind the operator and into your panel. Oil Tight Operators can be used with Bimba's push button style valves. The AOT Adapter is required to install the operator on to the valve. Bimba custom designs products for use in definite purpose applications Rugged design Several styles in an assortment of colors Oil and water tight 0 mm diameter Panel mount Matches electrical controls For use with Pneumadyne push button valves KEY-0 Key Lock Operator SMB-0-* Shrouded Mushroom SEL-0*- Position Knob FPB-0-* Flush Push Button AOT Adapter TL-0- Toggle Lever RPB-0-* Raised Push Button PP-0-* Push-Pull Button PMH-0-* Palm Mushroom Button MPB-0-* Mushroom Push Button Technical Data Performance Data 58 Size 0 Part Number Description Available Color Valve Lock Washer Req. FPB-0-* Flush Push Button,,4,5,6 KEY-0 Key Lock Push-in and turn clockwise to lock, turn counterclockwise to unlock. Key removable in both positions. MPB-0-* Mushroom Push Button,,5 PMH-0-* Palm Mushroom Button,,5 PP-0-* Push-Pull Button,,5 RPB-0-* Raised Push Button,,4,5,6,7 SEL-0- Position Knob Selector-Det SEL-0- Position Knob Selector-Mom SMB-0-* Shrouded Mushroom Button, TL-0- Toggle Lever - Detented AOT Oil Tight Adapter * Use color code to indicate color selection not all colors are available to all actuators see Available Color for possible selections = Black = Red 4= Blue 5= Green 6=Yellow 7= Orange These styles require installation of a lockwasher on the valve neck before fixing the valve to the oil tight adapter.

59 How To Order Product Information Oil Tight Operators Ø -/6 (0 mm) Standard hole dimensions for Bimba Oil Tight Operator A Oil Tight Operator When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. B C AOT Typical Oil Tight Operator with Valve installed Lockwasher when required Button style Pneumadyne valve To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. All parts sold separately. Two keys are provided with the Key Lock Operator. Size 0 Part Dimensions Number A B C FPB-0-* KEY MPB-0-* PMH-0-* PP-0-* RPB-0-* SEL SEL SMB-0-* TL-0-* CONTROL OIL TIGHT VALVES OPERATORS & VALVE ACCESSORIES Oil Tight Adapter X Ø.8 The Oil Tight Operators can be used with most Bimba directional control valves 59 Part Number: AOT Mounting screws included ( each)

60 Product Features Features CONTROL VALVE ACCESSORIES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES Accessories to customize and enhance our standard product line are sold separately Operators: Armored button, Foot Pedal, Ball Operator, Cam Operators, Air Pilot, Thumb Operator, Shrouded Button Operator, Heavy Duty Operator Mounting Brackets Dress Plates Micro Gauge Ball Operators Designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves (5/- Thd). A captured stainless steel ball bearing has direct contact with the valve button. (Not for use on 4 Series valves) Ø.55 9/6 HEX Part Number Max. Stroke Mounting BA-. 5/- (F) Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information /- Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel 60 Note: One 5/64 thick locknut (provided) is required when installed without a mounting bracket. External Air Pilot Operators Designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves (5/- Thd) and available in two port sizes. A brass piston and Buna-N cup seal ensure consistent leakproof actuation (the valve returns the piston). Ideal for remote actuation of valves using a pneumatic signal. A 9/6 HEX 5/- Part Number Air Pilot Port A Mounting AP- 0- (F) 5/- (F) AP- /8 NPT (F) 5/- (F) Ø.55. Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information. Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N Note: One 5/64 thick locknut (provided) is required when installed without a mounting bracket.

61 Product Features Low Pressure Air Pilot Operator Designed for use with Pneumadyne push button valves. The design of the internal piston in conjunction with a low friction u-cup minimizes drag allowing faster valve actuation. 0- (F) pilot port for use with Bimba o-ring style barb and push-to connect fittings. Note: One 5/64 thick locknut (provided) is required when installed without a mounting bracket. Part Number APLP- Mounting 5/- (F) Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information. Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Aluminum/ Electroless Nickel, Aluminum, Buna-N CONTROL VALVE ACCESSORIES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES Shrouded Button Operator Designed for use with Pneumadyne push button valves, the Shrouded Button provides a larger tactile surface for actuation. Available in three colors. Replace the X in the part number with the desired color code number. Part Number Mounting Description Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information. Standard Available Color PBF-X 5/- (F) Flush = Black PBR-X 5/- (F) Raised = Red 5= Green 6 Note: One 5/64 thick locknut (provided) is required when installed without a mounting bracket. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Aluminum/ Electroless Nickel, Brass

62 Product Features Heavy Duty Operator CONTROL VALVE ACCESSORIES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES The heavy duty operator is designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves and is available in push and push-to-lock styles. Ideal for heavy duty industrial use...4 " diam. X 7/8 Hex /4-6 Panel Mount Thd. 5/- (F) Part Number Style Maximum Stroke Mounting Holes HDO Push.5 /4 HDOL Push-to-Lock.5 /4 Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information. Stroke ratio defined in glossary (pg 5) Materials Aluminum/ Black Anodize, Brass, Steel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel/ Zinc Foot, Hand, Knee Operator 6 Designed for use with Pneumadyne O, and 00 Series valves. An adhesive backed thick rubber pad is riveted to the steel pedal for skid resistance and comfort. (Not for use on 4 or 45 /8 NPT Series valves).6.4 Locknut Mounting Hole Spacer.56 One locknut and designated spacer are required for installation (locknut supplied with valve) Part Number Style FPA Approximately.0 Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information. Materials Steel/ Dichromate, Stainless Steel, Aluminum, Brass, Buna-N

63 Product Features Cam Operators Designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves and available in three styles. All are manufactured from steel with electro nickel plating. The roller is manufactured from durable acetal plastic. All cams feature a unique acetal pad which minimizes side load and virtually eliminates wear. (Not for use on 4 Series valves) Part Number Stroke Mounting Holes CA-. /64 CA-.5 /64 CA-4 6 /64 Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information. Stroke ratio defined in glossary (pg 5) Must be installed with a mounting bracket MB- or MB-F, or 5/64 thick nut (supplied with valve). Materials Steel/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel.5.5 /8 Ø / ROLLER Ø / ROLLER /6 STROKE /6 MAX 7/8 MIN 5/64 BRACKET (REF.) /6 STROKE 7/8 MAX 5/64 BRACKET (REF.) Ø / ROLLER CA- CA- CA-4 CONTROL VALVE ACCESSORIES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES /4 0 / STROKE.5 / MAX 5/ MIN 5/64 BRACKET (REF.) Thumb Operators 6 Designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves to provide greater tactile surface and reduce operator fatigue. Features a unique acetal pad which minimizes side load and virtually eliminates wear. (Not for use on 4 Series valves).45 5 STROKE.5 TA-.5 To prevent pre-stroking All cam operators must be installed with a mounting bracket, MB- or MB-F or 5/64 thick nut (supplied with the valve). Part Number Stroke Mounting Holes TA-.7 /64" Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Stroke ratio defined in glossary (pg 5) Materials Steel/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel

64 Product Features Force to Actuate CONTROL VALVE ACCESSORIES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES 64 Valve Accessory Part Number AB- AB- AP- AP- APLP- BA- CA- CA- CA-4 FPA HDO Lbs psi psi Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs O Series; NO 50 psi psi O Series; NC 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Series; NO 50 psi psi Series; NC 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi PBF-X PBR-X TA- Dress Plate Dress plates are manufactured from aluminum and are either black anodized or electroless nickel plated for appearance and corrosion resistance. To provide a finished look first install the dress plate on the valve then tighten from behind the control panel. 5/- DP- DP- Part Number Thread Finish DP- 5/- Black Anodize Ø.66 DP- 5/- Electroless Nickel Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information. 5/8 HEX.9 Materials Aluminum/ Black Anodize or Aluminum/ Electroless Nickel

65 Product Features Mounting Brackets The flat and angled mounting brackets are manufactured from steel and provide a convenient method for mounting valves to a machine member. Part Number FPA MB-F Refer to Force to Actuate chart, page 68, for actuation information. Materials Steel/ Electro Nickel * One locknut and washer required to secure mounting bracket against valve shoulder. Description 90º angle bracket flat bracket Ø /64 R / Ø /64 R / 7/8-9/64 /8 -/ 45/64 /8 5/8 / / / SLOT.078 /64 SLOT (X) /4 (X) MB- 90º angle mounting bracket /64 SLOT (X) / SLOT /8 /4 (X) MB-F Flat mounting bracket CONTROL VALVE ACCESSORIES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES Micro Gauge Ideal for space constrained applications that require separate pressure readings. The micro gauge is easily installed using the /8 NPT male thread. The micro gauge can be mounted on the Pneumadyne Series regulators with an extended gauge port, providing a point of use pressure indicator. 65 9/6 /8 NPT 9/ 5/64 4/64 5/64 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Part Number PMG-60 PMG-00 PMG-60 Pressure Range 0-60 psi 0-00 psi 0-60 psi Temperature Range -40º F to 50º F +/-% Repeatability Accuracy Mounting Hex +/- 5% Full Scale /8 NPT (M) 9/6 Materials Bourdon Tube: Spiral Beryllium copper, soft soldered to socket Pointer: Red painted brass Dial: White/ Aluminum with black scale Window: Polycarbonate Fill: Dry Case: Black ABS plastic

66 Product Features Features CONTROL SHUTTLE VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES Shuttle valves, also known as OR valves, automatically select the higher of two pressures allowing flow from one input to the output port. Pneumadyne offers a large variety of porting options for plumbing convenience. The SSV-0A Series features barbed ports and Pneumadyne s popular 0- thread with captured o-ring seal. These miniature shuttle valves are ideal for applications with limited space. The SV Series shuttle valves feature /8 NPT (F) threads and push-to-connect ports which contribute to higher flow rates. Push-to-connect ports also reduce installation time by a minimum of 40% and eliminate the need for additional fittings. Multiple porting options including push-to-connect fittings Space saving Long service life Low cracking pressure Porting versatility-eliminates excess fitting requirements Technical Data Performance Data 66 Product Prefix C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Temperature Range Operating Pressure C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 PSI 5 PSI Cracking Pressure SSV-0A -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi less than.0 psi SV -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi less than.0 psi Port Options Valve SSV-0A-xxx SV-xxx-xx Port A Input Port B Input Port C Output 06 Barb 70 Barb 0 Barb 0- (F) 06 Barb 0 Barb 70 Barb 0- (F) 06 Barb 0 Barb 70 Barb 0- (F) 0- (M) 0- Adj. (M) /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in See Product Number Diagram Materials SSV-0A - Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N SV - Aluminum/ Anodize, Buna-N, Acetal, Brass/ Electroless Nickel

67 How It Works Shuttle Valve Cross Section SSV-0A-MFF SV-/4PI-66 A C C B Flow Rate (scfm) SSV-0A Series Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) SV- Series Flow Chart CONTROL SHUTTLE VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES A B Flow Rate (scfm) Input Pressure (psi) 67 Function As pressure is applied to ports A & B, the higher of the two input pressures shifts the metal core blocking the other input port and allowing flow out port C. Built-in port connectors, including push-to-connect fittings, reduce installation time by a minimum of 40%

68 How To Order Product Information CONTROL SHUTTLE VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES 68 SSV-0A-xxx Part Number Output x Input / Input SSV-0A-ABB 0- Adj x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-ABC 0- Adj x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-ABD 0- Adj x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-ABF 0- Adj x 06 / 0- F SSV-0A-ACC 0- Adj x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-ACF 0- Adj x 70 / 0- F SSV-0A-ADC 0- Adj x 0 / 70 SSV-0A-ADD 0- Adj x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-AFD 0- Adj x 0- F / 0 SSV-0A-AFF 0- Adj x 0- F/ 0-F SSV-0A-BBB 06 x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-BBC 06 x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-BBD 06 x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-BBF 06 x 06 / 0- F SSV-0A-BCC 06 x 70 / 70 A4C-5-DP Double Push Button A4C-5-PK Push/Pull Knob A4C-5-SR Button w/ Spring Return F4C-5-SR Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom H4C-5-DT Heavy Duty Toggle-Det A4C-56-DP Double Push Button A4C-56-PK Push/Pull Knob A4C-56-SR Button w/ Spring Return F4C-56-SR Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom SV-xxx-xx Part Number Output x Input / Input Part Number Output x Input / Input H4C-56-DT Heavy Duty Toggle-Det SSV-0A-BCD 06 x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-BCF 06 x 70 / 0- F SSV-0A-BDD 06 x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-BDF 06 x 0 / 0- F SSV-0A-BFF 06 x 0- F / 0- F SSV-0A-CBB 70 x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-CBC 70 x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-CBD 70 x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-CBF 70 x 06 / 0- F SSV-0A-CCC 70 x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-CCD 70 x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-CCF 70 x 70 / 0- F SSV-0A-CDD 70 x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-CDF 70 x 0 / 0- F SSV-0A-CFF 70 x 0- F / 0- F SSV-0A-DBB 0 x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-DBC 0 x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-DBD 0 x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-DBF 0 x 06 / 0- F SSV-0A-DCC 0 x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-DCD 0 x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-DCF 0 x 70 / 0- F SSV-0A-DDD 0 x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-DDF 0 x 0 / 0- F SSV-0A-DFF 0 x 0- F / 0- F SSV-0A-FBB 0- F x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-FBC 0- F x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-FBD 0- F x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-FCC 0- F x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-FCD 0- F x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-FDD 0- F x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-FFB 0- F x 0- F / 06 SSV-0A-FFC 0- F x 0- F / 70 SSV-0A-FFD 0- F x 0- F / 0 SSV-0A-FFF 0- F x 0- F / 0-F SSV-0A-MBB 0- x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-MBC 0- x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-MBD 0- x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-MCC 0- x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-MCD 0- x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-MDD 0- x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-MFB 0- x 0- F / 06 SSV-0A-MFC 0- x 0- F / 70 SSV-0A-MFD 0- x 0- F / 0 SSV-0A-MFF 0- x 0- F / 0-F SSV-0A-FFB Part Number SV-/4 PI-44 SV-/4 PI-46 SV-/4 PI-66 SV-/4 PI-74 SV-/4 PI-76 SV-/4 PI-77 SV-5-44 SV-5-46 SV-5-47 SV-5-66 SV-5-67 SV-5-77 SV-5/ PI-44 SV-5/ PI-46 SV-5/ PI-47 SV-5/ PI-66 SV-5/ PI-67 SV-5/ PI-77 SV--44 SV--46 SV--66 Output x Input / Input /4 PI x /8 F/ /8 F /4 PI x /8 F/ /4 PI /4 PI x /4 PI/ /4 PI /4 PI x 5/ PI/ /8 F /4 PI x 5/ PI/ /4 PI /4 PI x 5/ PI/ 5/ PI /8 F x /8 F/ /8 F /8 F x /8 F/ /4 PI /8 F x /8 F/ 5/ PI /8 F x /4 PI/ /4 PI /8 F x 5/ PI/ /4 PI /8 F x 5/PI/ 5/ PI 5/ PI x /8 F/ /8 F 5/ PI x /8 F/ /4 PI 5/ PI x /8 F/ 5/ PI 5/ PI x /4 PI/ /4 PI 5/ PI x /4 PI/ 5/ PI 5/ PI x 5/PI/ 5/ PI /8 x /8 F/ /8 F /8 x /8 F/ /4 PI /8 x /4 PI/ /4 PI Type SSV= Shuttle Valve Series 0A SV-5-46 Type SV= Shuttle Valve Output Port 5= /8 NPT (F) /4 PI= /4 Push-in 5/ PI= 5/ Push-in = /8 NPT Output Port A= Adj 0- (M) B= /6 Barb C= 70 Barb D= 5/64 Barb F= 0- (F) M= 0- (M) Input Ports 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/ Push-in Input Ports B= 06 Barb C= 70 Barb D= 0 Barb F= 0- (F)

69 How To Order Product Information To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Optional seals available- contact factory. Tubing Recommendations T06 barb for use with /6 ID Polyurethane Tubing 70 barb for use with 70 ID Polyethylene or.70 Polyurethane 0 barb for use with 7/64 ID Nylon or 5/64 ID Polyurethane SSV-0A-xxx.8 Typ 06 Barb 0 Barb Typ. Typ.45 Typ 70 Barb. Typ 0- (M).6 Typ X 0- (F) SSV-0A-BBB SSV-0A-MCD SSV-0A-MFF SV-xxx-xx.7 /8 NPT male output ports available- contact factory CONTROL SHUTTLE VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES /8 NPT (X) Push-in Port (X) /8 NPT Push-in Port (X) /8 NPT SV-5/ PI-44 SV-5/ PI-47 SV-/4 PI /8 NPT Push-in Port (X) /8 NPT (X) Push-in Port (X) SV-/4 PI-77 SV-5-44 SV-5-66 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

70 Product Features Features CONTROL CHECK VALVES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES 70 Check valves are used in pneumatic circuits which require free flow in one direction and no flow in the opposite direction. Application Check valves are generally used in systems as a bypass valve, allowing flow around components like needle valves which otherwise restrict flow in both directions. Multiple porting options Durable brass construction Low cracking pressure Compact in-line or port mounting styles Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range *other cracking pressures available- contact factory Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Operating Pressure -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 psi * 06 barb recommended for use with /6 ID PUR tubing * 0 barb recommended for use with 5/64 ID PUR tubing * 70 barb recommended for use with.70 ID PUR tubing Porting Option Flow Rate (scfm) Cracking Fill In/ Out C v Pressure sec/ in 0-90 PSI 50 PSI 5 PSI 06 Barb/ 06 (min. flow option Thd/ 0- Thd (max. flow option) /8 NPT (F)/ /8 NPT (F)* /8 NPT / /4 PI* /4 PI / /4 PI* Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel Twenty-One check valve configurations available

71 How It Works Check Valve Cross Section To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Optional batwing materials available- contact factory. Custom barbs available- contact factory. Figure A Input Figure B Input Free Flow Output Output Part Number Input Output C0500 /6 Barb /6 Barb C Barb 0 Barb C Barb 70 Barb C (M) /6 Barb C (M) 0 Barb C (M) 70 Barb C (M) 0- (M) C05006 /6 Barb 0- (M) C Barb 0- (M) C (M) 0- (F) C (F) 0- (M) C (F) 0- (F) C05040-SS 0- (F) 0- (M) C05050 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) C05050-SS /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) C05050 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT C05050 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) C /8 NPT /8 NPT C05060 /8 NPT (F) /4 PI C05060 /8 NPT /4 PI C05060 /4 PI /8 NPT (F) C /4 PI /8 NPT C /4 PI /4 PI *-SS used to indicate stainless steel CONTROL CHECK VALVES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES Function 7 Two internal designs were developed to ensure a low cracking pressure. The /8 NPT style utilizes a poppet and spring, whereas, the 0- / barb styles feature a batwing. When system pressure at the check valve input is high enough to overcome the low spring force (/ psi) the poppet is moved off its seat allowing flow out port. The flow of a fluid through the check valve is defined as free flow. When fluid flow reverses the poppet is pushed into its seat, blocking or checking the system flow (figure B). In comparison, the batwing in the 0- / barb styles flexes to allow flow through the output port when system pressure exceeds cracking pressure. When fluid flow reverses the batwing straightens, checking the system flow. /8 NPT (F) style utilizes a poppet and spring design

72 How To Order Product Information CONTROL CHECK VALVES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES C0500 C0500 C0500 C05040 C05004 C C0500 C05004 C0500 C05005 C0500 C05006

73 How To Order Product Information C05050 C05050 C05060 C05060 CONTROL CHECK VALVES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES 7 C05050 C05060 C C C When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

74 Product Features Features CONTROL PILOT OPERATED VALVES CHECK & VALVE VALVES ACCESSORIES Designed for use in applications requiring an actuator to be locked in position, Pilot Operated Check Valves allow free flow from the input port through the output port. Supplying a pilot pressure to the valve allows flow in the opposite direction. Pneumadyne s new Pilot Operated Check Valves are ideal for reliably holding an actuator position in a variety of applications. These rugged valves feature a /4 or /8 NPT output port which mounts directly on a cylinder, minimizing space requirements and easing installation. The input port swivels to accommodate valve alignment and contains a /4 push-in connection to speed tubing installation. 0- (F) and /4 push-in pilot ports are available to fit plumbing specifications. Ideal for reliably holding an actuator position in a variety of applications. Swivel input port Direct cylinder mount 0- (F) or /4 push-in pilot ports Plated for corrosion resistance Low cracking pressure Thread sealant standard on output ports Technical Data Performance Data Part Number Temperature Range Operating Pressure (PSI) Maximum Supply Pressure (PSI) C v Cracking Pressure (PSI) POC-4-F POC-6-F 0 to 60 F 5 to POC-68-F POC to 40 F 0 to less than. 74 Part Number Flow Rate (scfm) - Flow Rate (scfm) - POC-4-F POC-6-F POC-68-F POC-68-6 C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. 50 PSI 00 PSI 50 PSI 00 PSI Materials POC-4-F & POC-6-F Body: Zinc Plated Brass & Anodized Aluminum Internal Components: Brass, Stainless Steel & Polyamide Seals: Buna-N Spring: Stainless Steel Mounting Method Part Number Direct Cylinder Mount Max. Installation Torque POC-4-F /8 NPT 5. ft-lbs POC-6-F /8 NPT 5. ft-lbs POC-68-F /4 NPT ft-lbs POC-68-6 /4 NPT ft-lbs POC-68-F & POC-68-6 Body: Anodized Aluminum & Electroless Nickel Plated Brass Stem: Brass Seals: Buna-N Spring: Stainless Steel Media: Lubricated and non-lubricated air

75 How It Works Pilot Operated Check Valves Cross Section To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Optional seals available - contact factory. Pilot Pressure Applied Pilot Pressure Free Flow Pilot Pressure Part Number Input Output Pilot POC-4-F /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT 0- (F) POC-6-F /4 PI /8 NPT 0- (F) POC-68-F /4 PI /4 NPT 0- (F) POC-68-6 /4 PI /4 NPT /4 PI Flow Rate (scfm) Pilot Operated Check Valves Flow Chart: POC-68-F Pressure (psi) CONTROL PILOT OPERATED VALVES CHECK & VALVE VALVES ACCESSORIES Pilot Operated Check Valves Pilot Pressure- POC-68-F 50 Pilot Operated Check Valve POC-4-F POC-6-F Pilot Min. (PSI) P Pressure (psi) POC-68-F POC-68-6

76 Product Features Features CONTROL FLOW CONTROL VALVES & & NEEDLE VALVE VALVES ACCESSORIES Flow controls and Needle valves are used to reduce the rate of flow in a leg of a system, consequently the restriction slows cylinder speed. Finely threaded stems allow gradual adjustment of controlled flow to match system requirements. Although the basic function is flow restriction, the fundamental difference between the two is the needle valve controls flow in both directions (bi-directional) and the flow control valve controls flow in only one direction (allowing free flow in the opposite direction). Mini Flow Controls and Needle Valves are ideal for use with miniature cylinders Multiple porting options- including push-to-connect fittings Flow controls available in reverse flow Compact size Panel mountable Instrument quality collet knob Technical Data Performance Data Identification Temperature Range Operating Pressure -0º to 60º F 6 Hg to 5 psi 76 O Series Series Flow Control: Red Cap Needle Valve: Yellow Cap 700 Series Knob Low Flow: Brass to Mini Contact factory Mounting Method Product Group Panel Nominal Mounting Hole Dimension Surface O /64 MB- or MB-F Banjo flow control mounting requirements: Ø /8 min. x.0 max. deep counter-bore required when mounting to a cylindrical surface. Nut(s) and lockwasher provided Materials /64 MB- or MB-F 700 FC / ().4 diam. holes 700 NV / N/A Mini N/A Inline/ direct port mount Banjo N/A Inline/ direct port mount O Series: Brass/ Black Dichromate, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Buna-N, Acetal collets Series: Aluminum/ Black Anodize, or Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Buna-N, Acetal collets 700 Series: Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N Mini (non-mount): Brass, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Buna-N Banjo: Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, PA6 (plastic) Optional seals available- contact factory Bimba Flow Controls and Needle Valves are not leak tight. Not to be used as a shut-off device.

77 Product How Features It Works Port Options Type Def. Options O Series Series 700 Series FC 700 Series NV Mini Banjo Port Swivel Input Port Output Port Input Port Swivel Output Port Input Port Output Port Input Port Output Port Input Port Output Port Input Port Output *70 Barb recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE 0- (F), 5/ Push-in, 5/ Push-in, /8 NPT, /4 Push-in, 70 Barb* 0- (F) 5/ Push-in, /8 NPT, /4 Push-in, /8 NPT (F) 5/ Push-in, /4 Push-in, /8 NPT (F) Additional options available- contact factory 0- (M) 0- (F) 0- (M), /8 NPT 0- (F) 0- (M), /8 NP 0- (F) 0- (M) 0- (F), 5/ Push-in CONTROL FLOW CONTROL VALVES & & NEEDLE VALVE VALVES ACCESSORIES Function In both the flow control and needle valve a finely threaded stem allows gradual adjustment of the amount of controlled flow passing through the valve. Flow enters port, travels through an orifice sized by the tapered stem and out port. The flow control features a by-pass check which allows rapid free flow out port. Bimba offers a variety of configurations with several flow rate options. Choose from twenty-five needle valves and thirty-nine flow controls- the multiple porting options virtually eliminate the need for additional fittings. Flow Control & Needle Valve 77 Product Performance data operating full open at 5 psi Flow Rate (scfm) 50 PSI 5 PSI C v Cracking Pressure (FC Only) Function Code O Series psi MO, BI Series psi MO, BI 700 Series psi MO, BI Mini (FC & NV Series) psi MO, BI Banjo Flow Control psi MO Flow Control: Reverse Control Flow (from -) Flow Rate (scfm) Product 50 PSI 5 PSI C v Cracking Pressure (FC Only) Function Code Banjo psi MI Series psi MI C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Function Code Flow (from -) Code Function Controlled Flow Free Flow MO *Meter Out to to MI Meter In to to BI Meter Bi-Directional metered flow in both directions N/A *Standard product

78 How It Works Flow Control / Needle Valve Cross Section CONTROL FLOW CONTROL VALVES & & NEEDLE VALVE VALVES ACCESSORIES Flow Control Valve illustrations represent the controlled flow path; free flow is to. Standard Flow Control Valves meter out, flowing from to. Note: Needle Valves control flow in both directions. Free Flow O Series Flow Control Series Needle Valve Flow Rate (scfm) 700 Series Flow Control Turns to Open (gen. flow) psi 50 psi Turns Open Series Flow Control Turns to Open 78 Free Flow Mini Flow Control Mini Needle Valve Flow Rate (scfm) Turns Open 5 psi 50 psi Free Flow 700 Series Flow Control 700 Series Needle Valve Instrument quality panel knob now available for all 700 Series Valves -prevents excess seat stress

79 How To Order Product Information To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. To order 700 Series valves with instrument quality panel knob- add a -PK suffix to the part number. Flow Controls "O" Series Part Number Input Output PFC0- /8 NPT / 0-(F) 0-(F) PFC0-0- (F) Elbow 0-(F) PFC0-0- (F) Tee 0-(F) PFC0-4 /8 NPT (F) 0-(F) PFC Barb 0-(F) PFC0-6 /4 Push-in 0-(F) PFC0-7 5/ Push-in 0-(F) "" Series Part Number Input Output PFC-4 /8 NPT (F) PFC-6 /8 NPT (F) 0-(F) /4 Push-in PFC-7 5/ Push-in PFC-44 0-(F) PFC-46 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in PFC-47 5/ Push-in PFC-64 0-(F) PFC-66 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in PFC-67 5/ Push-in PFC-74 PFC-76 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in PFC-77 5/ Push-in Reverse Flow Part Number Input Output PFCR-4 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT / PFCR-6 /4 Push-in 0- (F) PFCR-7 5/ Push-in PFCR-44 /8 NPT (F) PFCR-46 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in PFCR-47 5/ Push-in PFCR-64 /8 NPT (F) PFCR-66 /4 Push-in /4 Push-in PFCR-67 5/ Push-in PFCR-74 /8 NPT (F) PFCR-76 5/ Push-in /4 Push-in PFCR-77 5/ Push-in 700 Series - panel knob available Part Number Input Output C07050 low 0- (F) 0- (F) C07050 gen. 0- (F) 0- (F) Mini Needle Valves "O" Series Part Number Input Output PNV (F) 0- (F) PNV0- /8 NPT / 0-(F) 0- (F) PNV0-0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) PNV0-0- (F) Tee 0- (F) PNV0-4 /8 NPT (F) 0- (F) PNV Barb 0- (F) PNV0-6 /4 Push-in 0- (F) PNV0-7 5/ Push-in 0- (F) PNV0-/8 /8 NPT / 0- (F) 0- (F) "" Series Note: The Low Flow option flows. scfm at 5 turns and 5 psi. The General Flow option provides increased flow with fewer needle turns:.4 scfm at 5 turns and 5 psi. Full open, both valves offer the same flow rate. Optional seals available- contact factory. Contact factory for reverse flow applications. Part Number Input Output PNV-4 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) / PNV-6 /4 Push-in 0- (F) PNV-7 5/ Push-in PNV-44 /8 NPT (F) PNV-46 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in PNV-47 5/ Push-in PNV-64 /8 NPT (F) PNV-66 /4 Push-in /4 Push-in PNV-67 5/ Push-in PNV-74 /8 NPT (F) PNV-76 5/ Push-in /4 Push-in PNV-77 5/ Push-in 700 Series - panel knob available Part Number Input Output C0700 low 0- (M) 0- (F) C0700 gen. 0- (M) 0- (F) C07060 low /8 NPT 0- (F) C07060 gen. /8 NPT 0- (F) Mini Part Number Input Output NV- 0- (M) 0- (F) NV-5 /8 NPT 0- (F) System is a method of consolidating to 0 components with a common pressure source. CONTROL FLOW CONTROL VALVES & & NEEDLE VALVE VALVES ACCESSORIES 79 Part Number Input Output FC- 0- (M) 0- (F) FC-5 /8 NPT 0- (F)

80 How To Specify "O" Series "" Series CONTROL FLOW CONTROL VALVES & & NEEDLE VALVE VALVES ACCESSORIES.90 Max.90 Max.5 5/-.5 5/-.6 / HEX /8 NPT.59 / HEX Ø.6 X 0- Ø.6 - Input - Input.90 Max.90 Max.90 Max /- THD 5/8 HEX /8 NPT /- THD 5/8 HEX /8 NPT Porting -6 Porting -7 Porting.90 Max.5.59 X 0- - Input -44 Porting.5.4 Ø.6 5/- / HEX 5/- 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (F) Max Input.90 Max Porting -47 Porting Ø.6 5/- / HEX /8 NPT (F) 5/- 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (F).90 Max Max Input Porting -74 Porting Ø.50 Ø.6 5/- 70 BARB 5/- 5/8 HEX 5/ or /4 PI.90 Max Input -7 Input.90 Max Porting -67 Porting -76 Porting -77 Porting 5/- 5/ or /4 PI Ø.6 5/- 5/8 HEX 5/ or /4 PI When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

81 How To Specify "700" Series - Flow Control "700" Series - Needle Valves Available with instrument quality panel knob, add -PK suffix to the part number (not shown) 5/ / Hex ÿ.5 ÿ.4 (X) Mini - Flow Control ACreativityHome.46 Max Tapered Free Flow Product Number C07050 low C07050 general Product Number FC- Available with instrument quality panel knob, add -PK suffix to the part number (not shown) ÿ.6 Ø.6.45 Max.45 Max 5/6-4 a 5/ Tapered /8 NPT 7/6 Hex Mini - Needle Valves.00 / Hex 0-0- Tapered 7/6 Hex Product Number C0700 low C0700 general Product Number C07060 low C07060 general Product Number NV- CONTROL FLOW CONTROL VALVES & & NEEDLE VALVE VALVES ACCESSORIES. Product Number FC-5. Product Number NV-5 8 Free Flow 0- /8 NPT / Hex 0- /8 NPT / Hex Banjo - Flow Control "O" Series - Needle Valves.7 5/6 HEX.8 0- Product Number BFC- BFCR- Product Number PNVO-O ÿ.44. ÿ.6.7 5/6 HEX.97 5/" Push-in Product Number BFC-P BFCR-P Product Number PNVO-/8 ÿ.44. ÿ.6 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

82 Product Features Features CONTROL DOUBLE FLOW VALVES CONTROL & VALVE VALVES ACCESSORIES This unique component replaces two flow controls in a pneumatic system and allows the adjustment of cylinder extension and retraction from one location. 0- (F) ports Low cracking pressure Slotted knob for precision control Mounting versatility Compact size Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Part Number Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N C v Full Open Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi Cracking Pressure -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 PSI C PSI Materials Function 5/6-4 Ø The cylinder may be plumbed to either port of the Pneumadyne Double Flow Control. The adjustment knob closest to the cylinder controls the input or extension speed, the knob furthest from the cylinder controls the exhaust or retraction speed How To Order To order standard product use part number C C / Ports

83 Product Features Features AND valves are used in circuit control applications that require a combination of inputs to produce a single output. This compact (overall. ) and durable valve has been Bimba tested to assure high performance and dependability. Convenient parallel porting Compact-. overall Warning: This product is not intended to serve as a two hand anti-tie down device Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Part Number Porting Information C v sec/ in³ Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time 50 psi 5 psi 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in³ 00-0 PSI -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 PSI PAV-0 0- (F) CONTROL THE "AND" VALVES CONTROL & VALVES ACCESSORIES Performance data shown for flow paths - and -; Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Materials Aluminum/ Black Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N Function.00.6 When a signal is supplied to port AND port the output flows from port. The output flow will always be the lower of the two pressures. Both input pressures are required to open the valve (loss of input will cancel the output signal)..6. X 0-8 How It Works Cross Section. PAV-0 How To Order To order standard product use part number PAV-0. Optional seals available- contact factory.

84 Product Features Features CONTROL PRESSURE VALVES CONTROL & VALVES ACCESSORIES Bimba s Pressure Control Valve is ideal for applications requiring reduced pressure to a cylinder. It is designed for use between a valve output and a cylinder or other volume, where a reduced pressure is desired. A high volume check valve is built in to allow for rapid reverse flow. It is also ideal for continuous flow applications where reverse flow is not required.sure. As the cylinder retracts the Pressure Control acts as a free reverse check, downstream pressure enters port unseating the O-ring and allowing air to pass through the hollow stem and out port (figure B). ± % Repeatability Mounting versatility Push-to-connect fittings available Output port rotates 600 Direct cylinder mount Direct gauge mount to output Technical Data Performance Data Operating Pressure Maximum Inlet Pressure Low Standard C v - - Fill Time 00 in sec. -0ºF to 60ºF 80 psi 50 psi C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. 84 Materials Aluminum/ Red Anodize and Black Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Brass/ Black Dichromate, Stainless Steel, Buna-N, Acetal Copolymer

85 How It Works Pressure Control Cross Section Figure A Figure B Controlled Pressure Pressure Reduction (psi) Pressure Control Valve Turns Open 0= closed 0= open Part Number Input Output CONTROL PRESSURE VALVES CONTROL & VALVES ACCESSORIES Function Output pressure is selected by adjusting the control knob when pressure is off (locking nut provided). Pneumadyne s gauge port and micro gauge are ideal for accurately setting output pressure. Air flowing through port unseats the poppet and continues through port, pressurizing a downstream vessel (figure A). The flow stops when the downstream pressure is equal to the set pressure. As the cylinder retracts the Pressure Control acts as a free reverse check, downstream pressure enters port unseating the O-ring and allowing air to pass through the hollow stem and out port (figure B) How To Order.09 Reverse Free Flow The Pressure Control Valve with extended gauge port housing and micro gauge installed (to prevent damage the gauge is packaged and sold separately). Refer to page 69 for gauge data Catalog drawing represents the maximum overall measurement(s); for specific porting configuration drawings- contact factory. PPC- /8 NPT /8 NPT PPC-4 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) PPC-6 /8 NPT /4 Push-in PPC-7 /8 NPT 5/ Push-in PPC-8 /8 NPT /4 NPT PPC-4 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT PPC-44 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) PPC-46 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in PPC-47 /8 NPT (F) 5/ Push-in PPC-48 /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT PPC-6 /4 Push-in /8 NPT PPC-64 /4 Push-in /8 NPT (F) PPC-66 /4 Push-in /4 Push-in PPC-67 /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in PPC-68 /4 Push-in /4 NPT PPC-7 5/ Push-in /8 NPT PPC-74 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) PPC-76 5/ Push-in /4 Push-in PPC-77 5/ Push-in 5/ Push-in PPC-78 5/ Push-in /4 NPT Pressure Control Valve with a maximum pressure reduction of 80 psi available add a -80 suffix to standard part number. Locking nut, mounting nuts and lockwasher provided WARNING NOT to be used as a Pressure Regulator For use with AIR ONLY Does NOT have a downstream vent 85 To order Pressure Control Valves use the Product Information listing to select part number (factory assembled). To order Pressure Control Valve with a maximum pressure reduction of 80 psi add a -80 suffix to the standard part number. (Standard 5 psi) To order gauge port option add a -G suffix to the part number.

86 Product Features Features CONTROL MINIATURE VALVES PRECISION & VALVE REGULATOR ACCESSORIES Pneumadyne s new Miniature Precision Regulator offers highly accurate air pressure control in a compact package; ideal for limited space applications. This precision machined, high quality regulator features an output pressure range up to 00 psi and high flow rate of 4.5 scfm. With a maximum supply pressure of 50 psi, our Precision Regulator is extremely dependable and repeatedly returns to the set pressure when turned off and on. Exceptionally tight design tolerances effectively minimize vibration allowing the regulator to remain stable under changing operating conditions. Highly accurate air pressure control in a compact package Compact size Low hysteresis Precision control.6% Repeatability Stud mount, 0- UNF Compatible with Nitrogen and Helium Self relieving Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Maximum Supply Pressure Media -40 to + 48 F 0 to 00 psi 50 psi Clean, Dry Air 86 Output Pressure Range Flow Rate 50 PSI 00 PSI Repeatability Set-ability Air Consumption 0 to 00 psi.5 scfm 4.5 scfm 0.6 %.5 psi.0 scfh max Materials Body: Electroless Nickel Plated Aluminum Stem: Stainless Steel Seals: Buna-N Spring: Stainless Steel Piston: Carbon-Graphite Sleeve: Pyrex Glass Mounting Method Stud Mount: 0- UNF (footprint provided) Panel Mount: Nominal mounting hole dimension /64

87 How It Works Miniature Precision Regulator Cross Section Figure A Figure B Atmosphere Atmosphere Output Input Output Input Flow Rate (scfm) Miniature Precision Regulator Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) CONTROL MINIATURE VALVES PRECISION & VALVE REGULATOR ACCESSORIES How To Order To order standard product use Part Number PPR-S-00. Optional seals available- contact factory. 87

88 Product Features Features CONTROL PRESSURE VALVES REGULATORS & VALVE ACCESSORIES Bimba s 0 & Series Pressure Regulators are used to maintain a preset downstream pressure. Relieving and non-relieving styles are available to accommodate application requirements. To ease regulator installation, porting options include 0- UNF, /8 NPT, barbs and push-in connections. For alignment purposes, the 0 Series features a swivel input and the Series features a swivel output port. The Series can be mounted on a manifold allowing the consolidation of components with varying output pressures on a common pressure source (see figure C - System ). Bimba's micro gauge can be mounted on the Series regulator with an extended gauge port providing an on-site pressure indicator. Choose from a knurled knob or an Acetal panel knob for precision adjustment. Regulator components are anodized or Electroless nickel plated for corrosion and wear resistance. Mounting versatility Knurled knob or Instrument quality knob Push-to-connect fittings available O Series input port rotates 60º Series output port rotates 60º Direct gauge mount to output ( Series) Technical Data Performance Data 88 Temperature Range C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Operating Pressure Max. Input Pressure C v Full Open Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi -0ºF to 60ºF 0 psi to 5 psi 5 psi Materials Aluminum/ Black Anodize, Brass and Steel/ Electroless Nickel, Brass/ Black Dichromate, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, Acetal

89 How It Works Pressure Regulator Cross Section.8 Figure A Figure B Figure C Cup Seal Piston O Series Regulator Series Regulator Poppet The Series Regulator with extended gauge port housing and micro gauge installed (to prevent damage the gauge is packaged and sold separately). Gauge data can be found on page 69 CONTROL PRESSURE VALVES REGULATORS & VALVE ACCESSORIES Control Knob- select the knurled knob manufactured from steel or the panel knob molded from durable acetal -both are standard actuators. Slotted Adjustment Screwalso available- contact factory. Locking Nut- RLN-40 (sold separately)- available to lock adjustment and eliminate possible setting variance, ideal for locations requiring infrequent adjustment. 89 System - a method of consolidating to 0 components with a common pressure source. Component selection includes button style valves, regulators, and needle valves. Each System is designed per order- contact factory. See page 60 for System Information. Micro Gauge- PMG-60, PMG-60 (sold separately)- can be mounted on the Series regulator with an extended gauge port providing an on-site pressure indicator. To order a gauge ready regulator add a -G suffix to the part number. Function Relieving Regulator Figure A - Adjustment of the control knob to a pre-determined level shifts the piston, unseating the Buna-N poppet and allowing air to flow through port to port. When the set pressure is reached, the pressure under the piston and the force exerted by the spring are balanced producing a regulated output at port. A minimum of 0 psi input is required to maintain regulation. Figure B - When downstream pressure exceeds the set level the poppet is seated -blocking input flow. The back pressure flows in output lifting the Buna-N cup seal and piston allowing air to pass through the hollow stem and out the exhaust port. Non-relieving Regulator The non-relieving regulator flow path- input to output - is the same as the relieving regulator, however the nonrelieving regulator contains a solid piston that does not permit backflow at output port to be exhausted. Warning: for safety reasons only non-relieving regulators are recommended for use with liquids and with adequate means of downstream relief.

90 How To Order Product Information CONTROL PRESSURE VALVES REGULATORS & VALVE ACCESSORIES 90 To order Pressure Regulators use the Product Information listing to select part number. To order a gauge ready regulator, add a -G suffix to the part number. "O" Series Regulators Relieving Type Knurled Knob Panel Knob Non-Relieving Type Knurled Knob Panel Knob Accessories Part Number Input Output RO-RK- /8 NPT 0- (F) RO-RK- 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) RO-RK- 0- (F) Tee 0- (F) RO-RK-4 /8 NPT (F) 0- (F) RO-RK-5 70 Barb 0- (F) RO-RK-6 /4 Push-in 0- (F) RO-RK-7 5/ Push-in 0- (F) RO-RP- /8 NPT 0- (F) RO-RP- 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) RO-RP- 0- (F) Tee 0- (F) RO-RP-4 /8 NPT (F) 0- (F) RO-RP-5 70 Barb 0- (F) RO-RP-6 /4 Push-in 0- (F) RO-RP-7 5/ Push-in 0- (F) Part Number Input Output RO-NK- /8 NPT 0- (F) RO-NK- 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) RO-NK- 0- (F) Tee 0- (F) RO-NK-4 /8 NPT (F) 0- (F) RO-NK-5 70 Barb 0- (F) RO-NK-6 /4 Push-in 0- (F) RO-NK-7 5/ Push-in 0- (F) RO-NP- /8 NPT 0- (F) RO-NP- 0- (F) Elbow 0- (F) RO-NP- 0- (F) Tee 0- (F) RO-NP-4 /8 NPT (F) 0- (F) RO-NP-5 70 Barb 0- (F) RO-NP-6 /4 Push-in 0- (F) RO-NP-7 5/ Push-in 0- (F) Part Number Input Output RLN-40 Locking Nut PMG-00 Micro Gauge 0-00 psi PMG-60 Micro Gauge 0-60 psi PMG-60 Micro Gauge 0-60 psi "" Series Regulators Relieving Type Knurled Knob Panel Knob Part Number R-RK-4 R-RK-6 R-RK-7 R-RK-44 R-RK-46 R-RK-47 R-RK-64 R-RK-66 R-RK-67 R-RK-74 R-RK-76 R-RK-77 R-RP-4 R-RP-6 R-RP-7 R-RP-44 R-RP-46 R-RP-47 R-RP-64 R-RP-66 R-RP-67 R-RP-74 R-RP-76 R-RP-77 Custom Products: Contact factory for applications requiring /8 NPT male or /4 NPT male output port Input /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Output /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in "" Series Regulators Relieving Type Knurled Knob Panel Knob Part Number R-NK-4 R-NK-6 R-NK-7 R-NK-44 R-NK-46 R-NK-47 R-NK-64 R-NK-66 R-NK-67 R-NK-74 R-NK-76 R-NK-77 R-NP-4 R-NP-6 R-NP-7 R-NP-44 R-NP-46 R-NP-47 R-NP-64 R-NP-66 R-NP-67 R-NP-74 R-NP-76 R-NP-77 Input /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in Output /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in O & "" Series Example: Regulator Series, Relieving with Knurled Knob, /8 NPT /0- (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output R-RK-4 Model R= Regulator Series O= O Series = Series Function R= Relieving N= Non-relieving Actuator Style K= Knurled Knob P= Panel Knob O Series Input = /8 NPT / 0- (F) = 0- (F) Elbow = 0- (F) Tee 4= /8 NPT (F) 5= 70 Barb* 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/ Push-in Series input = /8 NPT / 0- (F) 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/ Push-in Series Output 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/ Push-in * O Series Output 0- (F) ONLY no designation *70 barb- recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE tubing

91 How To Specify "O" Series - Shown with Panel Knob "" Series - Shown with Panel Knob.90* Max.90* Max 5/- 0- / HEX /8 NPT Ø /- 0- / HEX Ø Input - Input.90* Max.90* Max 5/-.40 5/-.40 /8 NPT (F) 5/8" HEX Ø.6 /8 NPT.8 5/8" HEX Ø.6 /8 NPT Porting -6 Porting -7 Porting CONTROL PRESSURE VALVES REGULATORS & VALVE ACCESSORIES 5/- X 0- / HEX - Input 5/- Ø.6 /8 NPT (F) 5/8" HEX -44 Porting.4.90* Max.40 Ø * Max.40.8 /8 NPT (F) 5/- 0- / HEX /8 NPT (F) -4 Input 5/- Ø.6 5/8" HEX.8-46 Porting -47 Porting 9.90* Max.40 Ø * Max.40.8 /8 NPT (F) 5/- 0- Ø / -5 Input 5/- Ø.6 /8 NPT (F) 5/8" HEX.4-64 Porting -74 Porting.90* Max.40 Ø BARB.90* Max PUSH-IN PORT 5/- 0-5/ or /4 PI Ø.6-6 Input -7 Input 5/- Ø.6 5/8" HEX.8-66 Porting -67 Porting -76 Porting -77 Porting.90* Max.40 Ø * Max.40 X PUSH-IN PORT.94 *.74 Max for knurled knob- all regulators

92 Product Features Features CONTROL QUICK EXHAUST VALVES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES 9 In-line The 570 In-line Quick Exhaust offers the convenience of in-line plumbing with a /8 NPT output and /8 NPT(F) input. Six exhaust holes located on either side relieve large amounts of flow in a minimal amount of time. It is ideal for allowing rapid cylinder return without air traveling back through the system. Series- Right Angle Bimba s Series Quick Exhaust Valve allows rapid cylinder return without permitting air to travel back through the system. There are sixty possible porting configurations incorporating the standard Pneumadyne Series design with the addition of the /4 NPT male and /8 NPT male output ports. The exhaust port options include the /8 NPT female for use with a sintered bronze or industrial muffler, the /4-8 UNF female for use with a speed control needle (at right), and the /4 push-to-connect fitting that is specially designed with a captive collet that is retained even when tubing is disconnected (recommended for use with /4 OD Polyurethane (95A) tubing). In-line or Right Angle Allows rapid cylinder return Multiple porting options Relieve 00 in³ in seconds Male pipe thread for direct cylinder mount Threaded or controllable exhaust port Swivel cylinder port /4 push-to-connect exhaust port is specially designed with a captive collet that is retained even when tubing is disconnected Technical Data Performance Data Part Temperature Operating Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ Exhaust Time Number Range Pressure C v in³ sec/ 50 psi 5 psi 0-90 PSI in³ 00-0 C ºF 0-5 QE-*-** to 60ºF psi *QE0-FMF *Not recommended for use with cylinders larger than diameter; stroke up to. Flow information supplied for flow path -. C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Materials In-line: Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N Right Angle: Aluminum/ Black Anodize, Brass/ Black Dichromate, Buna-N, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Brass/ Electroless Nickel

93 How It Works Quick Exhaust Cross Section Figure A Fill Figure B Exhaust Figure C Fill Figure D Exhaust CONTROL QUICK EXHAUST VALVES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES Type Inline Right Angle Definition Port Input Port Output Port Exhaust RO-RK-4 Port Input Port Swivel Output Port Exhaust Port Options Options /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT Non-Threaded /8 NPT (F) 0- (F) /8 NPT / 0- (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in 0- (M) /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in /4 NPT 0- (F) /8 NPT (F) /4-8 UNF /4 Push-in Quick Exhaust Series with Locking Port - Exhaust Flow Rate (scfm) Speed Control Needle Turns Open 5 psi 00 psi 75 psi 50 psi 5 psi 9 Function In-Line Function As pressure is applied through input port (figure A) the poppet and seal shift forward blocking the exhaust port and allowing flow through output port. When pressure is removed from input port (figure B) back flow at port unseats the poppet and allows flow through exhaust port. "" Series Function As pressure is applied through input port (figure C) the poppet shifts forward blocking the exhaust port and allowing flow through output port. When pressure is removed from input port (figure D) back flow at port unseats the poppet and allows flow through exhaust port.

94 How To Order Product Information CONTROL QUICK EXHAUST VALVES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES 94 To order Series Quick Exhaust select product number from Product Information listing or use Product Number Diagram to develop required component configuration. QE-MS Sintered Bronze Muffler /8 NPT for use with QE-M-xx. In-Line. Replace the * in the Product Information listing with one of the exhaust port codes listed below: -M- for /8 NPT (F) -S- for /4-8 UNF (F) -P- for /4 push-to-connect. Select from the Additional Accessories (sold separately) Example: Quick Exhaust, Series, /4-8 UNF (F) thread for use with Speed Control Needle (sold separately), /8 NPT /0- (F) input, /4 NPT output. Series QE0= Quick Exhaust "" Series Series Input Port F= 0- (F) 5= M5 7= 5/ Push-in QE= Quick Exhaust Series- Right angle porting Exhaust Port M= /8 NPT (F) P= /4 Push-in S= /4-8 UNF (F) QE0-FMF Output Port M= 0- G= M5 Adj M A= 0- Adj M QE-S-8 Input Port = /8 NPT / 0- (F) 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/ Push-in QE-MI Industrial Muffler /8 NPT for use with QE-M-xx. QE-S Speed Control Needle /4-8 UNF with locking nut- for use with QE-S-xx. Contact factory for custom porting configurations. Exhaust Port F= 0- (F) 5= M5 Output Port = /8 NPT 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/ Push-in 8= /4 NPT In-line Part Number Input Output C57050 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT Right Angle Part Number Input Output QE0-5G5 M5 M5 Adj. (M) QE0-7MF 5/ Push-in 0- (F) QE0-FAF 0- (F) 0- Adj.(M) QE0-FMF 0- (F) 0- (M) Series Right Angle Part Number Input Output QE-*- /8 NPT /8 NPT QE-*-4 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) QE-*-6 /8 NPT /4 Push-in QE-*-7 /8 NPT 5/ Push-in QE-*-8 /8 NPT /4 NPT QE-*-4 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT Series Right Angle (cont d) Part Number Input Output QE-*-44 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) QE-*-46 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in QE-*-47 /8 NPT (F) 5/ Push-in QE-*-48 /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT QE-*-6 /4 Push-in /8 NPT QE-*-64 /4 Push-in /8 NPT (F) QE-*-66 /4 Push-in /4 Push-in QE-*-67 /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in QE-*-68 /4 Push-in /4 NPT QE-*-7 5/ Push-in /8 NPT QE-*-74 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) QE-*-76 5/ Push-in /4 Push-in QE-*-77 5/ Push-in 5/ Push-in QE-*-78 5/ Push-in /4 NPT

95 How To Specify Port Designation In-Line Typical drawings illustrate the overall package size of the Quick Exhaust Series valve. There are sixty (60) possible configurations- contact factory for additional drawings. C57050 In-Line Input Cylinder Port Exhaust Additional Accessories Part Number QE-MS QE-MI QE-S.54 9/6 HEX /8 NPT (F) 6X Exhaust Right Angle Push-in Connector /4 NPT.88 /8 NPT.6.5 /4-8 UNF QE-S option shown Description /8 NPT Sintered Bronze Muffler /8 NPT Industrial Muffler /4-8 UNF Speed Control Needle QE0-FMF Right Angle 0- (M) Push-in Connector When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice X 0- (F) /8 NPT.6.0 WRENCH FLATS Part Number Input Output C57050 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT Right Angle Part Number Input Output QE0-5G5 M5 M5 Adj. (M) QE0-7MF 5/ Push-in 0- (F) QE0-FAF 0- (F) 0- Adj.(M) QE0-FMF 0- (F) 0- (M) "" Series Right Angle Part Number Input Output QE-*- /8 NPT /8 NPT QE-*-4 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) QE-*-6 /8 NPT /4 Push-in QE-*-7 /8 NPT 5/ Push-in QE-*-8 /8 NPT /4 NPT QE-*-4 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT QE-*-44 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) QE-*-46 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in QE-*-47 /8 NPT (F) 5/ Push-in QE-*-48 /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT QE-*-6 /4 Push-in /8 NPT QE-*-64 /4 Push-in /8 NPT (F) QE-*-66 /4 Push-in /4 Push-in QE-*-67 /4 Push-in 5/ Push-in QE-*-68 /4 Push-in /4 NPT QE-*-7 5/ Push-in /8 NPT QE-*-74 5/ Push-in /8 NPT (F) QE-*-76 5/ Push-in /4 Push-in QE-*-77 5/ Push-in 5/ Push-in QE-*-78 5/ Push-in /4 NPT CONTROL QUICK EXHAUST VALVES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES 95 Series Quick Exhaust shown with accessories

96 Product Features Features CONTROL BLEED VALVES VALVES & VALVE ACCESSORIES The Bleed Valve offers an easy solution for the release of excess pressure from a system. This compact and durable valve has been Bimba tested to assure dependability and maximum flow. Release 00 in³ in 4 seconds Durable construction- available with standard pipe thread and 0- thread Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Operating Pressure -0º to 60º F Range: 0 to 5 PSI Part Number Mount Force to Actuate 50 psi 5 psi Exhaust Time sec/ in³ 00-0 psi PBV-0/ 0- UNF (5/6 hex) lbs /4lbs.06 PBV- PBV-4 /8 NPT (7/6 hex) /4 NPT (9/6 hex) lbs 6 / lbs.04 Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel Function 96 When the button is actuated the stem slides forward and air flow is vented through a non-threaded exhaust port located near the actuator. This valve makes it possible to release pressurized air at a rate of 00 in in 4 seconds. Ø /6 Hex Ø. 0- Thread Ø Exhaust 7/6 HEX /8 NPT Ø Exhaust 9/6 HEX /4 NPT PBV-0/ PBV- PBV-4 How It Works How To Order Bleed Valve Cross Section To order standard product refer to Performance Data listing (sold separately). All dimensions and specifications are subject to change.

97 Product Features Features Bimba s UL approved Air Operated Electric Switch is an excellent way to provide an interface between your pneumatic system and electrical controls. The primary function is to convert an air pressure signal to an electrical signal. This product can be panel mounted (/64 nominal hole) or surface mounted using the MB- or MB-F mounting bracket. UL approved switch Interface between a pneumatic system and electrical controls 8 gauge copper wire Mounting versatility Can be used with DC current Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range -0º to 60º F * Other pressure ranges available- contact factory C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Materials Contacts Contacts Open (not passing) Contacts Closed (passing Acetal, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, 8 gauge copper wire, Steel Part Number C500 C500 * Minimum Actuation (PSI) Maximum Actuation (PSI) 40 psi 00 psi CONTROL AIR-OPERATED VALVES ELECTRIC & VALVE SWITCH ACCESSORIES 97 Switch Life Expectancy 5 vac Resistive 5 amp 6 thousand cycles amp million cycles 0 vac Resistive -/ amp 6 thousand cycles / amp million cycles Data provided by switch manufacturer How To Order To order standard product refer to Performance Data listing (sold separately). () nut and () lockwasher provided. 06 barb recommended for use with /6 ID PUR. Optional barbs available- contact factory GAUGE 5/- 9/6 HEX /6 BARB All dimensions and specifications are subject to change.

98 How To Specify CONTROL ADDITIONAL VALVES INFORMATION & VALVE ACCESSORIES & SPECIFICATIONS Control Valves The basic pneumatic valve is a mechanical device consisting of a body and a moving part (poppet and/or stem) which connects or disconnects passages within the body. Bimba s complete line of miniature manually operated -Way, -Way & 4-Way pneumatic valves offer a superior design constructed from high quality materials which result in an extremely long cycle life. Poppet Valve Threaded Neck Output Port Valve Shoulder Exhaust Passage (X) Valve Stem Poppet with Buna-N Sealing Surface Directional Control Valve Profile Input Port Stem Valve Durable Nylon Actuator Convex Button Standard Roll Pin Valve Stem Mounting Holes (X) 98 "O" Series "" Series "" Series "O" Series "O" Series "" Series "0O" Series -WAY -WAY 4-WAY Port Position 4-WAY 5 Port Position 4-WAY 5 Port Position Normally Open Normally Closed Open Crossover Closed Crossover Ported Exhaust Actuator Options Porting Options "00" Series "400" Series "45" Series 0- Rear /8 NPT Fully Ported Standard Rear Fully Ported Side -Position "4" Series 0- /8 NPT -WAY -WAY 4-WAY Port Position 4-WAY 5 Port Position 4-WAY 5 Port Position Normally Open Normally Closed Open Crossover Closed Crossover Ported Exhaust Actuator Options Porting Options

99 How To Specify Actuators Bimba push button and toggle actuators are specially designed and molded from a high quality nylon material with a long service life (all actuators are included with the valve). Bimba buttons ( A Style) are convex rather than concave, a shape with many advantages. Ideal for medical and dental applications, convex buttons are easier to keep clean- no well to trap liquids or debris. The convex shape also ensures a full contact fit for smooth actuation when used with cam operators. A slip resistant texture on the surface of the button provides grip for manual operation and guide ribs on the stem of the button ensure proper alignment. This prevents it from disrupting the exhaust path while absorbing moderate sideloads. Bimba toggles are available for momentary ( F Style) or detented ( H Style) actuation. Bimba actuators are retained by a specially designed stainless steel roll pin which expands to the diameter of the pin hole and holds the actuator in place. The service life of our actuator is extended by the use of the roll pin producing a fit that will not come out of place. Push Button»» Part number designation A Style»» Nylon- seven colors (black as standard) Momentary Toggle»» Part number designation F Style»» Nylon- seven colors (black as standard) Detented Toggle»» Part number designation H Style»» Nylon- seven colors (black as standard) Control Knob (Panel Knob)»» Flow Control- Black acetal knob with red cap»» Needle Valve- Black acetal knob with yellow cap»» Regulator- Black acetal knob with black cap Control Knob (Knurled Knob)»» Regulator- Brass with Electroless Nickel plating»» 700 Series Low Flow- Brass»» 700 Series General Flow- Brass with Electroless Nickel plating»» Double Flow Control- Brass with Electroless Nickel plating CONTROL ADDITIONAL VALVES INFORMATION & VALVE ACCESSORIES & SPECIFICATIONS 99 Color Code Information To order colored actuators simply specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number. No code number is required for standard black actuators. = Black = Red 4 = Blue 5 = Green 6 = Yellow 8 = Gray All catalog product dimensions are given in inches unless otherwise specified

100 How To Specify Flow Rates Determination CONTROL ADDITIONAL VALVES INFORMATION & VALVE ACCESSORIES & SPECIFICATIONS 00 All Bimba Cv and flow rates are determined in accordance with ANSI / (NFPA) T.., Pneumatic fluid power - Flow rating procedure and reporting method - For fixed orifice components. Bimba has developed data to support system designs, designate operating pressures and determine response times, by using Cv (flow coefficient), flow rates, and fill times. Cv is useful for system sizing and as a component comparison standard, particularly when all Cv s are provided by the same manufacturer. Flow rates are determined for input pressure up to 5 psi and output pressures from atmospheric to the input pressure. Fill / exhaust times provide a fast, accurate means of establishing cylinder response times. Time to fill or exhaust a given volume through an orifice or pneumatic device is an exponential function. However, times to fill or exhaust various volumes, through a given system, have a linear relationship; i.e. time to fill 0 in³ x time to fill in³ etc. Bimba uses relatively large tank volumes to measure fill/ exhaust times and measures from 0-90 psi with 00 psi input pressure and 00-0 psi exhaust to atmosphere. A per in³ time is easily and accurately determined and the 90% parameter simulates a reasonable cylinder reaction without waiting for the infinite (theoretical) 00% fill or exhaust times. All Bimba components are designed and tested for use with air- for use with other media, consider materials of construction. Mounting Hole Dimension Description Nominal Hole Diameter O Series /64 Series /64 Series /64 00 & 00 Series / Series /64 Sub-Micro Valve Button 7/64 Toggle /64 Position Toggle Valve /4 6 Position Selector Valve 4/64 Heavy Duty Toggle Valve 5/8 ( 4 Series) 4 & 45 Series /64 Description Nominal Hole Diameter Flow Control /64 Needle Valves /64 O & Series / Series /64 /64 Pressure Regulators /64 Quick Exhaust Series /64 Air Operated Electric Switch /64 Oil Tight Actuators 0mm -/6 Push-to-Connect Fitting Option To order 45 or 400 Series valve with push-to-connect option use suffix: Suffix A B -5 to indicate /8 PI to indicate 5/ PI to indicate /4 PI.6.47 For use with 95A durometer polyurethane tubing. See Bimba Tubing Section for ordering information.

101 How To Specify Fluid Power Graphic Symbols Directional Control WNC 4-Way -Position 4-Way 5 Ports -Position Exhaust center Circuit Control WNO -Way -Position Closed center 4-Way 5 Ports -Position Closed center WNC -Way -Position Open center 4-Way 5 Ports -Position Exhaust center WNO WNC Solenoid Actuator WNC Solenoid Actuator Actuators Push Button Cam Operated Solenoid Operated 0 Series -Position Detent Toggle Pilot Operated Pilot and Solenoid 0 Series Palm Button CONTROL ADDITIONAL VALVES INFORMATION & VALVE ACCESSORIES & SPECIFICATIONS Shuttle Valve Needle Valve Quick Disconnect Check Valve 0 Regulator Flow Control Quick Exhaust

102 Solenoid Valves Solenoid valves are one of the most common control elements in fluid systems. They can be used in a variety of ways to control the movement of fluid media, offering fast switching, high reliability, compact designs, and much more to your specialized fluid motion needs. Our solenoid valves come in a wide array of voltages, wattages, and with connector options to accommodate you exact requirements.

103 Product Features Features & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES 0MM Pneumadyne s 0 mm direct acting solenoid valves are a cost effective, space saving solution for the use of single or multiple valves. An overall length of.08 and height of.5 make this valve the ideal choice for limited space applications. Select from three connector options to simplify valve installation. Convenient Line & 90 Connectors (both with LED) provide quick electrical connection when used in conjunction with the plug-in cable (sold separately). The standard Flying Lead Connector features 00 mm wires for direct connection. This versatile valve offering includes & 4 Volt DC and a low watt 4 Volt DC. Fast response times and high flow rates make this miniature valve suitable for numerous applications. Miniature size (.08 OAL) Direct acting Mounting versatility Lightweight (.4 oz) Manual override Fast response time LED standard & -way normally closed, -way normally open Technical Data Pneumatic Performance Data (0mm) 04 Temperature Range Orifice/Function Operating Pressure C v Flow Rate (scfm) 0 F to 0 F Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. *00% Duty Cycled 0.7 mm/nc 05 PSI mm/nc 05 PSI mm/no 05 PSI PSI Max. 05 PSI (7 05 PSI (7 05 PSI (7 bar) Fill Time sec/ in 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI Electrical Performance Data (0 mm) Voltage Tolerance Response Time Energize Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class -5 % to 0% 8 ms 0 ms F F (55 C) Connector wire gauge: 4 AWG Life Expectancy 50 million maximum cycles per minute Materials Copper, Nylon-Glass Filled, Stainless Steel, Buna-N

104 How It Works 0mm Solenoid Valve Cross Section -Way & -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Open -Way De-energized Energized De-energized Energized Flow Rate (scfm) 0 mm Solenoid Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) Ø 0.7 mm Orifice,. W & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES 0MM How To Order De-energized Energized Part Number Description Input Port Output Port Exhaust Port Position Indicators- Silver plate indicates Normally Closed valve, Black plate indicates Normally Open valve How To Order 05 To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Cover Plates available for use with manifolds. Plug-in Cable for use with Line and 90 Connectors available. Mounting screws provided. Example: 0 mm, -Way, Normally Closed, V DC, Flying Leads S0MM-0-- Actuator Solenoid 0 mm Voltage = V DC 4= 4V DC 4LW= 4V DC (0.6 Watt) Function R= Relieving Connectors N= Non-relieving = Flying Leads 00 mm Position One = Line Connector w/led 0= Normally Closed 4= 90 Connector w/led = Normally Open 90 Connectors and Line Connectors offer plumbing versatility and feature a surge voltage suppressor Plug-in Cable lengths of 00 mm, 500 mm, and 000 mm are available for fast connection to Line and 90 Connectors

105 How To Specify Product Information & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES 0MM Variety of voltages, orifices and connectors are available - contact factory with requirements For use with Bimba s 0mm manifolds and bases. Refer to page 7 for ordering information. -Way Normally Closed DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm Part Number Connection S0MM-0-- Flying Leads S0MM-0-- Line Connector S0MM Connector 4 DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm Part Number Connection S0MM-0-4- Flying Leads S0MM-0-4- Line Connector S0MM Connector -Way Normally Open DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm Part Number Connection S0MM--- Flying Leads S0MM--- Line Connector S0MM Connector 4 DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm Part Number Connection S0MM--4- Flying Leads S0MM--4- Line Connector S0MM Connector Accessories Part Number SMMC-00 SMMC-500 SMMC-000 MSV0-CP Connection Plug-in cable 00 mm Plug-in cable 500 mm Plug-in cable 000 mm 0 mm cover plate 4 LW/.6 Watt/ Orifice.5mm Part Number Connection S0MM-0-4LW- Flying Leads S0MM-0-4LW- Line Connector S0MM-0-4LW-4 90 Connector -Way Normally Closed 06 DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm Part Number Connection S0MM-0-- Flying Leads S0MM-0-- Line Connector S0MM Connector 4 LW/.6 Watt/ Orifice.5mm Part Number Connection S0MM-0-4- Flying Leads S0MM-0-4- Line Connector S0MM Connector 4 LW/.6 Watt/ Orifice.5mm Part Number Connection S0MM-0-4LW- Flying Leads S0MM-0-4LW- Line Connector S0MM-0-4LW-4 90 Connector When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

106 How To Specify Flying Leads Line Connector " Flying Leads.70 - Connector - Connector Connector 0 mm Port Designation.8 & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES 0MM Connector 0 mm Footprint Datum zero.0 To centerline spacing.4 Minimum centerline X.047 Max To req d depth X M.7 X MET Cover Plates effectively conceal unused manifold stations and block valve supply port (sold separately) Polarity Counts! Some valves require + to + and - to - connection When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

107 Product Features Features & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES 5MM Bimba s 5 mm direct acting solenoid valves are a cost effective, space saving solution for the use of single or multiple valves. A wide variety of connector, electrical and mounting options are available to accommodate numerous applications. Convenient Line & 90 Connectors (both with LED) provide quick electrical connection when used in conjunction with the plug-in cable (sold separately). The standard Flying Lead features 00 mm wires for direct connection. The 5 mm valves incorporate a fourth option, the Spade Connector, providing installation versatility (DIN Connector available). This versatile valve offering includes Volt DC, 4 Volt DC and 0 Volt AC coils. Three orifice diameters, 0.8 mm,. mm &.6 mm, are also available to fit flow rates to application requirements. Fast response times and high flow rates make this miniature valve ideal for a wide variety of applications. Miniature size (.65 OAL) Direct acting Mounting versatility Lightweight (. oz) Manual override Fast response time LED standard & -way normally closed, & -way normally openfast response time LED standard & -way normally closed, -way normally open Technical Data Pneumatic Performance Data (5mm) 08 Temperature Range 0 F to 0 F Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.., *00% Duty Cycled Orifice/ Function Operating Pressure C v sec/ in Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time 50 PSI Max. PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI E, 0.8/. mm NC, LW PSI (0 bar)..9 D,./. mm NC PSI (0 bar)..7 D,./. mm NO PSI (7 bar).4.6 B,.6/.6 mm NC psi (7 bar).07. B,.6/.6 mm NO psi (5 bar).0.6 C,.6/. mm NO psi (7 bar)..9 Pneumatic Performance Data (5mm) Voltage Tolerance Response Time Energize Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class -5 % to 0% 0 ms ms F F (55 C) Connector wire gauge: 4 AWG Life Expectancy 50 million maximum cycles per minute (with standard working conditions) Materials Copper, Nylon-Glass Filled, Stainless Steel, Buna-N

108 How It Works 5mm Solenoid Valve Cross Section -Way Normally Closed Part Number De-energized Port Designation Energized Description Input Port Output Port Exhaust Port -Way -Way Normally Normally Open Open ck View: The mally open (NO) ket channels ut flow allowing valves and NC es to be mounted he same porting print De-energized Energized Back View: The normally open (NO) gasket channels input flow allowing NO valves to be mounted on the same porting footprint Flow Rate (scfm) 5 mm Solenoid Flow Chart Normally Closed Input Pressure (psi) Ø 0.8 mm Orifice,.0 W Ø. mm Orifice,. W Ø.6 mm Orifice,. W 5 mm Solenoid Flow Chart Normally Open.5 Flow Rate (scfm) & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES 5MM How To Order Example: 5 mm, -Way, Normally Closed, V DC, Spade Connector,.6 mm Ø Orifice Input Pressure (psi) Ø. mm Orifice,. W Ø.6 mm Orifice,. W 09 S5MM-0--0B Actuator Solenoid 5 mm Function = -Way = -Way Voltage = V DC W = V DC Watt 4= 4V DC 4W= 4V DC Watt 0 = 0 AC Orifice B = Ø.6/.6 mm C = Ø.6/. mm (NO only) D = Ø./. mm E = Ø 0.8/. mm Position One 0= Normally Closed = Normally Open Connectors 0= Spade = Flying Leads 00 mm = Line Connector w/led 4= 90 Connector w/led

109 How To Specify Product Information & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES 5MM Coil can be rotated 80 Cylinder Control bases (page 0) are ideal for applications requiring controlled movement of single-acting spring return cylinders. Designed for use with Bimba s 5mm valves. -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed Accessories V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0--0B Spade S5MM-0--B Flying Leads S5MM-0--B Line Connector S5MM-0--4B 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0--0D Spade S5MM-0--D Flying Leads S5MM-0--D Line Connector S5MM-0--4D 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 75 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM---0B Spade S5MM---B Flying Leads S5MM---B Line Connector S5MM---4B 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/. mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM---0C Spade S5MM---C Flying Leads S5MM---C Line Connector S5MM---4C 90 Connector Part Number SMMC-00 SMMC-500 SMMC-000 MSV5-CP SMM-DIN SMM-MDIN Description Plug-in cable 00 mm Plug-in cable 500 mm Plug-in cable 000 mm 5mm cover plate DIN (5 mm ONLY) Molded DIN cable M (5 mm ONLY) 0 V DC/.0 Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-W-0E Spade S5MM-0-W-E Flying Leads S5MM-0-W-E Line Connector S5MM-0-W-4E 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 75 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM--4-0B Spade S5MM--4-B Flying Leads S5MM--4-B Line Connector S5MM--4-4B 90 Connector 5 mm Cover Plate (sold separately) includes mounting screws 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-4-0B Spade S5MM-0-4-B Flying Leads S5MM-0-4-B Line Connector S5MM-0-4-4B 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM--4-0C Spade S5MM--4-C Flying Leads S5MM--4-C Line Connector S5MM--4-4C 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-4-0D Spade S5MM-0-4-D Flying Leads S5MM-0-4-D Line Connector S5MM-0-4-4D 90 Connector DIN Connectors (sold separatelyshown installed) available for 5 mm Spade Connector 4V DC/.0 Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-4W-0E Spade S5MM-0-4W-E Flying Leads S5MM-0-4W-E Line Connector S5MM-0-4W-4E 90 Connector When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. Normally closed and normally open 5 mm valves can be mounted on the same manifold

110 How To Specify Product Information For use with Bimba s 5mm manifolds and bases. -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Open V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0--0B Spade S5MM-0--B Flying Leads S5MM-0--B Line Connector S5MM-0--4B 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0--0D Spade S5MM-0--D Flying Leads S5MM-0--D Line Connector S5MM-0--4D 90 Connector V DC/.0 Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-W-0E Spade S5MM-0-W-E Flying Leads S5MM-0-W-E Line Connector S5MM-0-W-4E 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-4-0B Spade S5MM-0-4-B Flying Leads S5MM-0-4-B Line Connector S5MM-0-4-4B 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-4-0D Spade S5MM-0-4-D Flying Leads S5MM-0-4-D Line Connector S5MM-0-4-4D 90 Connector 4V DC/.0 Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-4W-0E Spade S5MM-0-4W-E Flying Leads S5MM-0-4W-E Line Connector S5MM-0-4W-4E 90 Connector 0V AC/.8 VA/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-0-0B Spade S5MM-0-0-B Flying Leads S5MM-0-0-B Line Connector S5MM-0-0-4B 90 Connector 0V AC/.8 VA/ Orifice./.mm Part Number Connection S5MM-0-0-0D Spade S5MM-0-0-D Flying Leads S5MM-0-0-D Line Connector S5MM-0-0-4D 90 Connector -Way Normally Closed V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 75 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM---0B Spade S5MM---B Flying Leads S5MM---B Line Connector S5MM---4B 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/. mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM---0C Spade S5MM---C Flying Leads S5MM---C Line Connector S5MM---4C 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM---0D Spade S5MM---D Flying Leads S5MM---D Line Connector S5MM---4D 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm Part Number Connection 75 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM--4-0B Spade S5MM--4-B Flying Leads S5MM--4-B Line Connector S5MM--4-4B 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM--4-0C Spade S5MM--4-C Flying Leads S5MM--4-C Line Connector S5MM--4-4C 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./.mm Part Number Connection 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM--4-0D Spade S5MM--4-D Flying Leads S5MM--4-D Line Connector S5MM--4-4D 90 Connector & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES 5MM Polarity Counts! Some valves require + to + and - to - connection When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. Bimba s Solenoid Valves are recommended for use with our solenoid manifolds & single bases. For mounting convenience, single to -station manifolds are available with 0- (F) or M5 (F) threads. Refer to page 6 for product for ordering information.

111 Product Features Features CUSTOM SOLENOID VALVES For over 0 years, manufacturers have relied on Bimba for innovative solutions to their fluid handling applications. Whether using standard or custom products, we take the time to understand your needs and recommend components and systems that best fit your requirements. Incorporating solenoid valves in custom products allows Bimba engineers to consolidate components into a common body thereby reducing system size and easing product installation. Component consolidation also decreases the number of external connections, eliminating potential leak-points in your application. From basic lifting mechanisms to critical medical devices, the breadth of Bimba s solenoid offering lends itself to a wide variety of applications. Four styles of high quality valves provide an assortment of voltage, connection and wattage options to ensure that specifications are met when used in custom products. With flow rates ranging from.99 to 7.5 scfm at 00 psi and response rates as low as 8 milliseconds, Bimba solenoid valves are the ideal interface between your pneumatic systems and electrical controls. Reduce system size through component consolidation Ease product installation saving time & money Eliminate potential leak-points Improve efficiency & appearance through good design Increase reliability with quality components For space saving purposes, five V DC valves are condensed on a custom manifold. Pushto-connect fittings feature colored collets to speed installation and simplify line identification. This distinctive valve assembly features a pressure regulator, two solenoid valves, a needle valve and fittings with precision orifices

112 How To Specify Spade Flying Leads M.6 (9.).59-0 Connector - Connector Line Connector Connector.59 " Flying Leads Position indicators- Silver plate indicates normally closed valve Black plate indicates normally open valve CUSTOM SOLENOID VALVES Connector -4 Connector.65 Manual override is standard on all 5 mm Solenoid Valves 5 mm Port Designation 5 mm Footprint How To Order X M X MET Datum zero.60 Minimum centerline To centerline spacing X.078 Max To req d depth A variety of connector options provides installation versatility To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Cover Plates available for use with manifolds. Plug-in Cable for use with Line and 90 Connectors available. Mounting screws provided. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

113 Product Features Features & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES SYSTEM 6 System 6 solenoids offer fast response times. A wide variety of voltages is available to fit application specifications. The low wattage (0.8 watt) version is ideal for use in low power control circuits. Single to 5-station manifolds are available for mounting convenience. System 6 solenoids can be fixed in either direction on the manifold and coil orientation is independent of valve orientation. Multiple mounting options Independent coil orientation Manual override & -Way normally closed DIN Connector available Technical Data Pneumatic Performance Data (System 6) Temperature Range Orifice/Function Operating Pressure 5 F to F Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. C v sec/ in Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI Ø 0.6 mm/0.8 watt 0-5 PSI Ø.0 mm/.9 watt,. VA 0-5 PSI Electrical Performance Data (System 6) 4 Voltage Tolerance Response Time Energize Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class -0% to 0% 5 ms 7 ms F F (55 C) Flying leads wire gauge: 4 AWG Life Expectancy 0 million cycles Materials Brass, Enameled Copper, Viton, Polyimide, Cr-Ni-Steel Viton is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers

114 How It Works System 6 Solenoid Valve Cross Section -Way Normally Closed -Way Normally Closed Energized Energized Port Designation Input Port Output Port Exhaust Port Flow Rate (scfm) Flow Rate (scfm) System 6 Flow Chart.0 Orifice Input Pressure (psi) System 6 Flow Chart 0.6 Orifice & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES SYSTEM 6 The low wattage (0.8 watt) version solenoid valve is ideal for use in low power control circuits Input Pressure (psi) AWG Flying Leads

115 How To Specify Product Information & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES SYSTEM 6 Coil orientation is independent of valve orientation For use with Bimba s System 6 manifolds and bases. Refer to page 9 for product and ordering information -Way Normally Closed Orifice.0 mm Part Number Description S S S S6-0-- S S S6-0-4AC-0 S6-0-4AC- S S /0 AC,. VA, Spade 0/0 AC,. VA, Flying Leads DC,.9 Watt, Spade DC,.9 Watt, Flying Leads 0/40 AC,. VA, Spade 0/40 AC,. VA, Flying Leads 4 AC,. VA, Spade 4 AC,. VA, Flying Leads 4 DC,.9 Watt, Spade 4 DC,.9 Watt, Flying Leads -Way Normally Closed Orifice.0 mm Part Number Description S S S S6-0-- S S S6-0-4AC-0 S6-0-4AC- S S /0 AC,. VA Spade 0/0 AC,. VA, Flying Leads DC,.9 Watt, Spade DC,.9 Watt, Flying Leads 0/40 AC,. VA, Spade 0/40 AC,. VA, Flying Leads 4 AC,. VA, Spade 4 AC,. VA, Flying Leads 4 DC,.9 Watt, Spade 4 DC,.9 Watt, Flying Leads Accessories Part Number S6-DIN Description DIN Connector DIN Connector (shown installed) Provides dust and watertight termination while relieving strain between cable and solenoid Orifice 0.6 mm Part Number Description Orifice 0.6 mm Part Number Description 6 S6-0-LW-0 S6-0-LW- DC, 0.8 Watt, Spade DC, 0.8 Watt, Flying Leads S6-0-LW-0 S6-0-LW- DC, 0.8 Watt, Spade DC, 0.8 Watt, Flying Leads S6-0-4LW-0 4 DC, 0.8 Watt, Spade S6-0-4LW-0 4 DC, 0.8 Watt, Spade S6-0-4LW- Footprint 4 DC, 0.8 Watt, Flying Leads S6-0-4LW- 4 DC, 0.8 Watt, Flying Leads System 6 coil can be fixed at o clock,, 6, and 9 o clock on the valve body.6.00 X M.6 Min Deep.94 Ø.089 Input port.97 Ø Ø Output port.60 Can be located anywhere on Ø.48 circle When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

116 How To Order How To Order Solenoid valve and manifold sold separately. To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Example: Solenoid System 6, -Way, Normally Closed, 4V DC, Spade connectors Actuator Solenoid System 6 Function = -Way = -Way Mounting screws () are provided. Contact factory for DIN Connector with LED and/or suppression. S Voltage = V DC LW= V DC low watt (0.6 mm orifice only) 0= 0/0V AC 0= 0/40V AC 4AC= 4V AC 4= 4V DC 4LW= 4V DC low watt (0.6 mm orifice only) Connectors 0= Spade = Flying Leads 8 A wide variety of voltages is available to fit application specifications & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES SYSTEM 6 Position One 0= Normally Closed 7 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

117 Product Features Features & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES SYSTEM 8 Bimba s System 8 Solenoid Valves feature a larger orifice for applications requiring higher flow rates. A variety of voltage and mounting options are available to fit system specifications. Our single base and to 0-station manifolds are convenient solutions for plumbing single or multiple valves. System 8 solenoid valves can be fixed in either direction on the manifold and coil orientation is independent of valve orientation. Multiple mounting options Independent coil orientation Manual override & -Way normally closed, -Way normally open DIN connector available 6.0 Watt coils Technical Data Pneumatic Performance Data (System 8) Temperature Range 5 F to F Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Orifice/Function Operating Pressure C v sec/ in Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI.5 mm/wnc/wno 0-50 PSI mm/wnc 0-50 PSI N/A Electrical Performance Data (System 8) 8 Voltage Tolerance Response Time Energize Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class -0% to 0% 8 ms 9 ms F F (55 C) Materials Brass, Enameled Copper, Viton, Polyimide, Cr-Ni-Steel System 8 Solenoid Valves feature a larger orifice for applications requiring higher flow rates Viton is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers

118 How It Works System 8 Solenoid Valve Cross Section -Way Normally Closed Energized -Way Normally Open Energized -Way Normally Closed Energized Flow Rate (scfm) System 8 Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) Ø.5 mm Orifice Ø.5 mm Orifice & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES SYSTEM 8 Port Designation Input Port Output Port Exhaust Port How To Order Example: Solenoid System 8, -Way, Normally Closed, V DC, Spade connectors Actuator Solenoid System 8 Function = -Way = -Way S Voltage = V DC 0= 0/0V AC 0= 0/40V AC 4= 4V DC Connectors 0= Spade S8-DIN- Degree of protection according to IEC 59 in attached state: IP 65 Cable outlet can be turned 80 Surge suppression available with LED light 9 Position One 0= Normally Closed = Normally Open to 0-station manifolds are convenient solutions for plumbing single or multiple valves

119 How To Specify Product Information & -WAY SOLENOID VALVES SYSTEM 8 Coil orientation is independent of valve orientation For use with Bimba s System 8 manifolds and bases. -Way Normally Closed Orifice.5 mm Part Number Description S DC, 6.0 Watt S DC, 6.0 Watt S /0 AC, 9. VA S /40 AC, 9. VA -Way Normally Closed Orifice.5 mm Part Number Description S DC, 6.0 Watt S DC, 6.0 Watt S /0 AC, 9. VA S /40 AC, 9. VA -Way Normally Open Orifice.5 mm Part Number Description S8---0 DC, 6.0 Watt S DC, 6.0 Watt S /0 AC, 9. VA S /40 AC, 9. VA Accessories Part Number S8-DIN Description DIN Connector System 8 DIN Connector (shown installed) Provides dust and watertight termination while relieving strain between cable and solenoid Footprint X Mx MIN. Ø.00 Input Port Ø Ø.00 Output Port Can be located anywhere on Ø.80 circle System 8 coil can be fixed at o clock,, 6, and 9 o clock on the valve body How To Order Solenoid valve and manifold sold separately. To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Mounting screws () are provided. Contact factory for DIN Connector with LED and/or suppression. EPDM seals are optional. Contact factory for ordering information. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

120 Product Features Features Bimba s 0 mm & 5 mm Latching Solenoid Valves are ideal for applications where power is limited or coil heating is unwanted; continuous power is not required to maintain the energized position. An internal magnet holds the valve in the open position when the power supply is removed, saving power consumption. Fast response times allow for a momentary pulse to energize and de-energize the valves. The 5 mm valves need only 0 milliseconds to energize and milliseconds to de-energize. Pneumadyne s Latching Solenoid Valves are recommended for use with our solenoid manifolds & single bases. For mounting convenience, single to -station manifolds are available with 0- (F) or M5 (F) threads. Momentary pulse required to energize & to de-energize -Wire system (5 mm) Relay not required to reverse polarity (5 mm) -Way & -Way normally closed Fast response time & 4 V DC 0 mm & 5 mm valves Miniature size 5 mm valves energize in 0 milliseconds and de-energize in milliseconds Pneumatic Performance Data & -WAY LATCHING SOLENOID VALVES 0 & 5MM Temperature Range 0 F to 0 F Size Orifice/ Function Operating Pressure C v sec/ in Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time 50 PSI Max PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI 0 mm.75 mm/nc 0 to 05 PSI PSI (7 Bar)..0 5 mm. mm/nc 0 to PSI (0 bar)..7 5 mm.6 mm/nc 0 to PSI (7 bar).07. Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. *Will operate at.0 psi Electrical Performance Data Size Power (Watt) Voltages Voltage Tolerance Response Time Energize Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class 0 mm.6 4 DC -5 % to 0% 8 ms 0 ms F F (55 C) 5 mm 4 DC, 4 DC -5 % to 0% 0 ms ms F F (55 C) Flying leads wire gauge: 4 AWG Life Expectancy 50 million cycles- with standard working maximum cycles per minute Materials Copper, Nylon-Glass Filled, Stainless Steel, Buna-N

121 How It Works & -WAY LATCHING SOLENOID VALVES 0 & 5MM Function 0 mm Valve The 0 mm valve features a -wire system to reverse polarity. Applying an electrical signal to the Red wire and ground to the Black wire energizes (latches) the valve. An internal magnet holds the valve in the energized (open) position when the power supply is removed. Reversing the wires, ground to Red and electrical signal to Black, de-energizes (unlatches) the valve. -Wire System Power to Red, Ground to Black Latch / Energize Ground to Red, Power to Black Unlatch / De-energize 5 mm Valve The 5 mm valves feature a -wire system to reverse polarity; Relays are not required. Applying an electrical signal to the Brown wire energizes (latches) the valve. The internal magnet holds the valve in the energized (open) position when the power supply is removed. Applying an electrical signal to the Blue wire de-energizes (unlatches) the valve. -Wire System Brown Latch / Energize / + Black Common / - Blue Unlatch / De-energize / + Port Designation (0mm) Flow Rate (scfm) Latching Solenoid Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) 0 mm Ø.75 mm Orifice,. W 5 mm Ø. mm Orifice, 4.0 W 5 mm Ø.6 mm Orifice, 4.0 W Part Number Description Input Port Output Port Exhaust Port Port Designation (5mm) Part Number Description Input Port Output Port Exhaust Port Manifolds are designed for use with specific valves. Be sure to select from the correct product grouping when ordering manifolds and bases for use with solenoid valves. Single bases available with a variety of porting options.

122 How To Specify Product Information Port Designation (0 mm) Footprint (0 mm) Datum zero.0.06 To centerline spacing.4 Minimum centerline.0 X.047 Max To req d depth X M.7 X MET Port Designation (5 mm) Footprint (5 mm) X M X MET Datum zero Minimum centerline To centerline spacing X.078 Max To req d depth -Way Normally Closed 5 mm (4.0 Watt) Part Number Voltage Orifice S5MML-0--B DC.6 mm S5MML-0--D DC. mm S5MML-0-4-B 4 DC.6 mm S5MML-0-4-D 4 DC. mm Flying leads -Way Normally Closed 0 mm (.6 Watt) Part Number Voltage Orifice S5MML-0--B DC.6 mm Flying leads 5 mm (4.0 Watt) Part Number Voltage Orifice S5MML-0-6-B 6 DC.6 mm S5MML-0--B DC.6 mm S5MML-0--D DC. mm S5MML-0-4-B 4 DC.6 mm S5MML-0-4-D 4 DC. mm Flying leads & -WAY LATCHING SOLENOID VALVES 0 & 5MM How To Order To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Solenoid valve and manifold sold separately. Cover Plates available for use with manifolds. Mounting screws () are provided. Example: 5 mm, Latching, -Way, Normally Closed, V DC, Flying Lead Connector,.6 mm Ø Orifice Actuator Solenoid Valve Size/ Latching 0 mm Latching 5 mm Latching S5MML-0--B Function 0= -Way Normally Closed 0= -Way Normally Closed Voltage = V DC 4= 4V DC 6= 6V DC Connectors = Flying Leads 00 mm Orifice B= Ø mm D= Ø.-. mm When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

123 Product Features Product Information MANIFOLDS & SINGLE BASES Bimba manifolds are a compact, cost effective solution for mounting multiple solenoid valves. Single to -station manifolds are available with 0- (F), M5 (F), /8 NPT (F) or /4 NPT (F) threads. For added versatility, the single bases also feature 5/ push-to-connect. All manifolds are anodized for corrosion resistance. Cover plates are available to conceal unused stations and block the valve supply port. Manifolds are designed for use with specific valves. Be sure to select from the correct product grouping when ordering manifolds and bases for use with solenoid valves. For use with Bimba Solenoid Valves Single to stations Variety of port sizes Compact Precision machined Anodized aluminum for corrosion resistance Technical Data Pneumatic Performance Data (System 8) Temperature Range Operating Pressure -0 F to 00 F - C to 9 C Determined by Valve 4 Port Options Manifold Single Station Pressure Multiple Station Output Push-to-connect fittings available for /8 and 5/ OD tubing. (For use with multiple station manifolds) 0 mm M5 0-5/ PI 0- M5 0- M5 5 mm M5 0-5/ PI /8 NPT 0- System 6 0 to 05 psi /8 NPT 0- System 8 /8 NPT /4 NPT 0- Port Options Standard /4 hex O-ring fittings are recommended for use with standard threaded manifolds and single bases. Please refer to Pneumadyne s full line catalog for fitting information. Fittings must be installed prior to mounting valves. Materials Aluminum/ Anodize MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS 0 MM (NORMALLY OPEN VALVES) Single bases -use MSV0-P Multiple station manifolds - plumb exhaust port (E) as input, pressure port (P) becomes exhaust Cannot be mounted with normally closed valves on the same manifold

124 How To Specify Product Information For use with Bimba s 0 mm Solenoid Valves. See page 06 for product information. (0 mm) Manifold Multiple Station 0- or M5 ports A B mm Manifolds Part Number Stations A B MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV0--M5.6.4 MSV0-4-M MSV0-6-M MSV0-8-M MSV0-0-M MSV0--M MANIFOLDS & SINGLE BASES.75 Exhaust X 0- or M5.4.5 (0 mm) Single Bases Single Station Non-Threaded Exhaust X C'Bore Ø. x. Deep Ø. Thru MSV0-0- ports MSV0--M5 M5 ports For use with /4 hex fittings Port Designation Exhaust MSV X C'Bore Ø. x. Deep Ø. Thru MSV / push-to-connect ports X C'Bore. x. Deep. Thru X 0- or M5 A B C MSV0-P MSV0--M5P 0 mm Single Bases Part Number Stations Lgth wdth hgt MSV MSV0--M MSV MSV0-P MSV0--M5P Port NC NO A Input Exhaust B Exhaust Input C Output Output Mounting Instructions 0 mm (Normally Open Valves) Single bases -use MSV0-P Multiple station manifolds - plumb exhaust port (E) as input, pressure port (P) becomes exhaust Cannot be mounted with normally closed valves on the same manifold Refer to Fitting Recommendations on page 6 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

125 How To Specify Product Information MANIFOLDS & SINGLE BASES We design custom products to meet your application needs Normally closed and normally open 5 mm valves can be mounted on the same manifold (5mm) Multiple Station /8 NPT Pressure & Exhaust Ports 0- Output ports X Ø A B 5 mm Manifolds Part Number Stations A B MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV5--M5.74. MSV5-4-M MSV5-6-M MSV5-8-M MSV5-0-M MSV5--M MSV5-4 6 (5mm) Single Bases /8 NPT Pressure & Exhaust Ports 0- Output ports Exhaust Ø.7.5. * Single base mount: Valve hangs over ports (pg. 4 lower photo).9 MSV5-0- MSV5--M5 M5 ports For use with /4 hex fittings 5 mm Bases Part Number Stations Lgth wdth hgt MSV MSV5--M MSV5--M5P MSV5-P MSV Exhaust Ø MSV / push-to-connect ports..4 Single Station Ø MSV5-P 0- ports MSV5--M5P M5 ports Exhaust: parallel/threaded For use with /4 hex fittings Solenoid single bases and multiple station manifolds feature a clear anodic coating which provides corrosion and wear resistance When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

126 How To Specify Product Information System 6 Manifold.50 X Ø.0 Thru System 6 Base.50 A B Output Ports /8 NPT Pressure Ports X Ø.59 Thru All System 6 Manifolds Part Number Stations A B MSV6- See Drawing MSV MSV6-..6 MSV MSV MANIFOLDS & SINGLE BASES (.50) X 0- Ports (.65) MSV6-.65 System 8 Manifold.5 4 X Ø.7 Thru A B.5 System 6 parallel ported single station manifold "SQ..500 System 8 Manifolds Part Number Stations A B System 8 Base XØ UNC Output Ports.500 /4 NPT Pressure Ports MSV8- See Drawing MSV MSV MSV MSV (.000).600 X /8 NPT MSV MSV MSV (.000) MSV MSV MSV How To Order To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Contact factory for custom colors. Cover Plates available. Solenoid valves sold separately. Refer to Solenoid Valve section for ordering information. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

127 Product Features Features CYLINDER CONTROL BASES When used in conjunction with Bimba s 5 mm Solenoid Valves, these precision machined bases are an ideal choice for applications requiring controlled movement of single-acting spring return cylinders. Configurations featuring a quick exhaust and/or needle valve are available to easily control cylinder extension and retraction speeds. These precision machined valves were designed for use with Bimba s 5 mm Solenoid Valves (sold separately). Five configurations are available to accommodate cylinder extension and retraction requirements: CCV-F- features a 0- (F) input port and /8 NPT output port. Input pressure determines the rate of cylinder extension while the cylinder s spring controls rod retraction. CCV-F- offers the combination of a Needle Valve and Quick Exhaust providing controlled cylinder movement in both directions. A built-in Needle Valve in the input port, 0- (F), controls cylinder extension while the /8 NPT Quick Exhaust in the output port allows rapid cylinder return. CCV-F- provides a 0- (F) input port and built-in Quick Exhaust with /8 NPT output port. Input pressure controls the cylinder extension and the Quick Exhaust allows rapid cylinder return. CCV-F-4 features a built-in Needle Valve in the input port, 0- (F), for controlled cylinder extension. The cylinder s spring controls rod retraction. CCV-44-4 features /8 NPT (F) input and output ports. A built-in Needle Valve in the input port provides controlled cylinder extension while the cylinder s spring controls rod retraction. 8 Controls cylinder extension and retraction Allows rapid cylinder return -Way Normally Closed Quick Exhaust & Needle Valve options Male pipe thread for direct mount to single acting spring return cylinders Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media -0 to 60 F 0 to 5 psi Air Product Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.. Operator: 5 mm WNC solenoid valve Ø.6 mm orifice (sold separately) Flow Rate (scfm) 50 PSI 5 PSI C v Fill Time sec/ in 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI CCV-F CCV-F CCV-F CCV-F CCV Materials Brass/Electroless Nickel, Aluminum/Anodize, Stainless Steel, Buna-N, Urethane

128 How It Works Cylinder Control Valve Ideal for controlling the movement of single-acting spring return cylinders (.7).65 (.05).65 (.57) CCV-F- (.05).65 (.57) (.05).65 (.57) CCV-F Flow Rate (scfm) Cylinder Control Valve Max. Flow vs. Input Pressure Input Pressure (psi) CCV-F- CCV-F-4,CCV-44-4 CCV-F- & CCV-F- CYLINDER CONTROL BASES CCV-F-.96 CCV-44-4 Cylinder Control Valve Turns vs. Pressure for Needle Valves 5 (.7) CCV-F- Part Number Input Output CCV-F- 0- (F) /8 NPT CCV-F- 0- (F) Needle Valve /8 NPT Quick Exhaust CCV-F- 0- (F) /8 NPT Quick Exhaust CCV-F-4 0- (F) Needle Valve /8 NPT CCV-44-4 /8 NPT (F) Needle Valve /8 NPT (F) Flow Rate (scfm) psi 50 psi Turns Open 9 Function Applying an electrical signal to the solenoid results in the controlled rod movement determined by the Cylinder Control Base. How To Order To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. 5 mm Solenoid Valves sold separately. Contact factory for custom porting configurations. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

129 Product Features Features SOLENOID & AIR PILOT OPERATED & 4-WAY VALVES 0 SERIES 0 The modular design of Bimba s 0 Series provides plumbing convenience and mounting versatility. For installation flexibility, these high flow -way and 4-way valves are available with a 0- (F) air pilot or a variety of watt 5 mm solenoid operators. Precision machining and an exclusive plating process ensure a long product life and enable the valves to be used with lubricated and non-lubricated air. Two Body Styles Provide Versatility The unique design of the Universal valve body allows inline or multiple station manifold mounting. When used with Bimba s Universal Manifolds, the 0- (F) cylinder ports are located on the top of the valve body and exhaust flow is directed through /8 NPT (F) ports on the manifold. This configuration is ideal for applications requiring the capture and removal of exhaust flow. The Manifold ported valve body must be used with Bimba s 0 Series standard manifolds. This compact valve package features 0- (F) output ports located on one side of the manifold contributing to a cleaner, faster installation. Positioning the input and output ports on the manifold permits the valve to be changed without disconnecting system plumbing. Speed control valves can be used in the 0- (F) exhaust ports located on top of the valve body, ideal for controlling cylinder speeds from a central location. Tested for millions of trouble free cycles -way normally closed, -way normally open & 4-way Manual override Balanced spool Mounting versatility Lubricated and Non-lubricated air Several connector options Low power consumption Technical Data Pneumatic Performance Data ( 0 Series) Temperature Range Operating Pressure C v sec/ in Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI Actuating Pressure (Min. PSI) 0 F to 0 F Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.., *00% Duty Cycled 0-5 psi (0-8.6 bar) Electrical Performance Data (Solenoid Operator) Power Voltages Voltage Tolerance Response Time Energize Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class Watt DC, 4 DC.8 VA.5 VA holding 0 50/60Hz Connector wire gauge: 4 AWG -5 % to 0% 0 ms ms F F (55 C) Materials Aluminum/Anodize, Brass/Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, Copper, Nylon-Glass Filled

130 How To Specify 0 Series Valves.6.45 X Ø.9 Thru Way Single Air Pilot -Way Single Solenoid 4-Way Double Air Pilot X Ø.6 Thru Way Single Solenoid X Ø.6 Thru Pilot Port X Ø.6 Thru Way Double Solenoid Drawings illustrate selected valve body dimensions, additional drawings available. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All measurements in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice X Ø.6 Thru X Ø.9 Thru..56 X Ø.6 Thru.6 0- Pilot Port Pilot Port 0 Series Solenoid Flow Chart Flow Rate (scfm) Input Pressure (psi) SOLENOID & AIR PILOT OPERATED & 4-WAY VALVES 0 SERIES How To Order To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. 00 mm Plug-in cable included with valves featuring the Line or 90 Connector. Example: Universal body, WNC, Single Solenoid, 0 AC, Spade Connector Body U=Universal M=Manifold Function 0= WNC = WNO 4= 4-Way 5 Port Position S0U0-SS--0 Operator SS= Single Solenoid DS= Double Solenoid AP= Single Air Pilot DP= Double Air Pilot When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. Voltage = V DC 4= 4V DC = 0 AC All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. Connectors 0= Spade = Flying Leads 00 mm = Line Connector w/led 4= 90 Connector w/led PneuTef Lightweight aluminum spools and thin profile seals enhance valve speed and ensure low breakaway. An exclusive PTFE impregnated surface results in a smooth, slippery finish extending product life. For Lubricated and Non-Lubricated Air

131 How To Specify Product Information SOLENOID & AIR PILOT OPERATED & 4-WAY VALVES 0 SERIES Choose from & 4 Volt DC & 0 Volt AC to accommodate most applications. Other voltages available on special order- contact factory -Way Normally Closed Universal Body/ Single Solenoid 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0U0-SS--0 Spade S0U0-SS-- Flying Leads S0U0-SS-- Line Connector S0U0-SS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0U0-SS--0 Spade S0U0-SS-- Flying Leads S0U0-SS-- Line Connector S0U0-SS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0U0-SS-4-0 Spade S0U0-SS-4- Flying Leads S0U0-SS-4- Line Connector S0U0-SS Connector -Way Normally Closed Manifold Body/ Single Solenoid 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0M0-SS--0 Spade S0M0-SS-- Flying Leads S0M0-SS-- Line Connector S0M0-SS Connector -Way Normally Open Universal Body/ Single Solenoid 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0U-SS--0 Spade S0U-SS-- Flying Leads S0U-SS-- Line Connector S0U-SS Connector V DC /. Watt / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0U-SS--0 Spade S0U-SS-- Flying Leads S0U-SS-- Line Connector S0U-SS Connector 4V DC /. Watt / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0U-SS-4-0 Spade S0U-SS-4- Flying Leads S0U-SS-4- Line Connector S0U-SS Connector -Way Normally Open Manifold Body/ Single Solenoid 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0M-SS--0 Spade S0M-SS-- Flying Leads S0M-SS-- Line Connector S0M-SS Connector Air Pilot Operated Universal Body Part Number S0U0-AP S0U-AP S0U4-AP S0U4-DP Air Pilot Operated Manifold Body Part Number S0M0-AP S0M-AP S0M4-AP S0M4-DP Function WNC WNO 4-Way, Air Pilot 4-Way, Double Air Pilot Function WNC WNO 4-Way, Air Pilot 4-Way, Double Air Pilot V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0M0-SS--0 Spade S0M0-SS-- Flying Leads S0M0-SS-- Line Connector S0M0-SS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0M0-SS-4-0 Spade S0M0-SS-4- Flying Leads S0M0-SS-4- Line Connector S0M0-SS Connector V DC /. Watt / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0M-SS--0 Spade S0M-SS-- Flying Leads S0M-SS-- Line Connector S0M-SS Connector 4V DC /. Watt / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0M-SS-4-0 Spade S0M-SS-4- Flying Leads S0M-SS-4- Line Connector S0M-SS Connector Output ports are located on one side of the standard manifold for a cleaner, faster installation

132 How To Specify Product Information 00 mm Plug-in Cable included with Line and 90 Connector 4-Way 5 Port Position Universal Body/ Single Solenoid 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0U4-SS--0 Spade S0U4-SS-- Flying Leads S0U4-SS-- Line Connector S0U4-SS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0U4-SS--0 Spade S0U4-SS-- Flying Leads S0U4-SS-- Line Connector S0U4-SS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0U4-SS-4-0 Spade S0U4-SS-4- Flying Leads S0U4-SS-4- Line Connector S0U4-SS Connector 4-Way 5 Port Position Manifold Body/Single Solenoid 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0M4-SS--0 Spade S0M4-SS-- Flying Leads S0M4-SS-- Line Connector S0M4-SS Connector 4-Way 5 Port Position Universal Body/ Double Solenoid 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0U4-DS--0 Spade S0U4-DS-- Flying Leads S0U4-DS-- Line Connector S0U4-DS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0U4-DS--0 Spade S0U4-DS-- Flying Leads S0U4-DS-- Line Connector S0U4-DS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0U4-DS-4-0 Spade S0U4-DS-4- Flying Leads S0U4-DS-4- Line Connector S0U4-DS Connector 4-Way 5 Port Position Manifold Body/ Double Solenoid 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection S0M4-DS--0 Spade S0M4-DS-- Flying Leads S0M4-DS-- Line Connector S0M4-DS Connector Accessories Part Number SMMC-00 SMMC-500 SMMC-000 SMM-DIN SMM-MDIN Description Plug-in Cable 00 mm Plug-in Cable 500 mm Plug-in Cable 000 mm DIN Connector Molded DIN Connector Universal style valves are designed for single mounting or multiple station manifold mounting SOLENOID & AIR PILOT OPERATED & 4-WAY VALVES 0 SERIES V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0M4-SS--0 Spade S0M4-SS-- Flying Leads S0M4-SS-- Line Connector S0M4-SS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0M4-SS-4-0 Spade S0M4-SS-4- Flying Leads S0M4-SS-4- Line Connector S0M4-SS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0M4-DS--0 Spade S0M4-DS-- Flying Leads S0M4-DS-- Line Connector S0M4-DS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection S0M4-DS-4-0 Spade S0M4-DS-4- Flying Leads S0M4-DS-4- Line Connector S0M4-DS Connector

133 Product Features Features 0 SERIES MANIFOLDS We design custom products to meet your application needs Precision machined aluminum manifolds are a compact, cost effective method of mounting multiple 0 Series valves. The versatile design allows & 4-way valves to be combined on the same manifold. Choose from two to 0-stations to accommodate application requirements. Two styles of manifolds are available to compliment the 0 Series Universal and Manifold valve bodies. Be sure to select the correct product grouping when ordering valves and manifolds. All manifolds are anodized for corrosion resistance. Cover plates are available to conceal unused stations and block the valve supply port. to 0 station Clear anodized aluminum for corrosion resistance Convenient junction point Precision machined Lightweight Technical Data Performance Data 4 Temperature Range -0 F to 00 F / - C to 9 C Port Designation Port Universal Standard Pressure /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Output 0- (F) top of valve body 0- (F) Exhaust /8 NPT (F) 0- (F) top of valve body Materials Aluminum, Clear Anodize

134 How To Specify Product Information 0 Series manifolds are designed for use with specific valves. Be sure to select the correct product grouping when ordering valves & manifolds Universal /8 NPT (F) Pressure and Exhaust ports.48 4X Ø.77 Thru A B 0 Series Manifolds Universal (for Universal Valve Body) Part Number Stations A B S0MU S0MU S0MU S0MU S0MU SERIES MANIFOLDS Standard (for Manifold Valve Body).6 Part Number Stations A B7 S0MM X /8 NPT S0MM S0MU-4 S0MM S0MM S0MM Standard /8 NPT (F) Pressure port 0- Output ports 4X Ø.77 Thru Accessory Part Number S0M-CP Description Cover plate A B /8 NPT Input ports S0MM-4 How To Order To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Contact factory for custom colors. Cover Plates available to conceal unused stations. O-rings and mounting screws included with manifolds. Cylinder speeds are easily controlled by using speed control valves in the exhaust ports on top of the valve body When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

135 Product Features Features SOLENOID & AIR PILOT OPERATED & 4-WAY VALVES SERIES 6 Bimba s new Series offers high flow -way and 4-way configurations with /8 NPT (F) ports. In addition to the standard -Position 4-way, the Series also features -Position 4-way valves with Closed or Exhaust centers to satisfy system requirements. For installation flexibility, single or double air pilot and solenoid operators are available to shift the valve. Bimba s Watt, 5 mm solenoid valves present a variety of voltage and connector options. Unique to the Series, our Latching Solenoid can replace two solenoid valves in a 4-way, -Position double solenoid configuration; an energy and space saving option. The design of the Universal valve body allows inline or multiple station manifold mounting. When used with Bimba s Series Manifolds, the /8 NPT (F) cylinder ports are located on the top of the valve body and exhaust flow is directed through /4 NPT (F) ports on the manifold. This configuration is ideal for applications requiring the capture and removal of exhaust flow. Precision machining and our exclusive PneuTef plating process ensure a long product life and enable the valves to be used with lubricated and non-lubricated air. -Position 4-way valves feature closed and exhaust centers High flow rate /8 NPT (F) ports Balanced spool Low power consumption Lubricated and non-lubricated air Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure 0 F to 0 F 0 to 5 PSI Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T.., m *00% Duty Cycled Function C v sec/ in Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time 50 PSI 5 PSI 0-90 PSI -Way Normally Closed 4-Way 5 Port Position 4-Way 5 Port Position Exhaust Time sec/ in 00-0 PSI Actuating Pressure (Min. PSI) Electrical Performance Data (Solenoid Operator} Voltage Tolerance Response Time Energize Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class -5 % to 0% 0 ms ms F F (55 C) Connector wire gauge: 4 AWG Materials Aluminum/Anodize, Brass/Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, Copper, Nylon - Glass Filled

136 How To Specify Product Information Closed Center Valves Caution: Vent working lines before disconnecting X /8 NPT Ports X Ø.7 Thru X Ø.5 Thru.69 X Ø.5 Thru 0- Pilot Port X Ø.7 Thru SU0-SS-XX-X X /8 NPT Ports SU0-AP X /8 NPT Ports.86 X Ø.7 Thru X /8 NPT Ports.86 X Ø.5 Thru.69 SU4-SS-XX-X X Ø.5 Thru 0- Pilot Port X Ø.7 Thru SU4-AP Pilot Port.9 5X /8 NPT Ports X Ø.7 Thru 5X /8 NPT Ports X Ø.5 Thru X Ø.5 Thru 0- Pilot Port X Ø.7 Thru X /8 NPT Ports 4 SU4-DS-XX-X.75 SU4-DP X Ø.5 Thru SOLENOID & AIR PILOT OPERATED & 4-WAY VALVES SERIES 7 How To Order Example: Universal, 4-Way Closed Center, Double Solenoid, V DC, Spade SU4C-DS--0.5 X Ø.7 Thru Body U=Universal Function 0= -Way Normally Closed 4= 4-Way Position 4C= 4-Way Closed Center 4E= 4-Way Exhaust Center Operator SS= Single Solenoid DS= Double Solenoid AP= Single Air Pilot DP= Double Air Pilot LS= Latching Solenoid Voltage = V DC 4= 4V DC = 0 AC Connectors 0= Spade = Flying Leads 00 mm = Line Connector w/led 4= 90 Connector w/led SU4C-DS-XX-X SU4E-DS-XX-X.58 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

137 How To Specify Product Information SOLENOID & AIR PILOT OPERATED & 4-WAY VALVES SERIES 8 Our exclusive seal material accommodates low temperature applications. Contact factory for additional information. Closed Center: All ports are blocked. Caution: vent working lines before disconnection Exhaust Center: Input ports are blocked, cylinder ports are open to exhaust (-Way Normally Closed) Single Solenoid Part Number SU0-AP Air Pilot Connection Air Pilot 0 AC /.8 VA/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection SU0-SS--0 Spade SU0-SS-- Flying Leads SU0-SS-- Line Connector SU0-SS Connector DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU0-SS--0 Spade SU0-SS-- Flying Leads SU0-SS-- Line Connector SU0-SS Connector 4 DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU0-SS-4-0 Spade SU0-SS-4- Flying Leads SU0-SS-4- Line Connector SU0-SS Connector (4-Way 5 Port Position) Double Solenoid Part Number SU4-AP SU4-DP Air Pilot Connection Air Pilot Air Pilot 0 AC /.8 VA/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection SU4-DS--0 Spade SU4-DS-- Flying Leads SU4-DS-- Line Connector SU4-DS Connector DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU4-DS--0 Spade SU4-DS-- Flying Leads SU4-DS-- Line Connector SU4-DS Connector (4-Way 5 Port Position) Single Solenoid 0 AC /.8 VA/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection SU4-SS--0 Spade SU4-SS-- Flying Leads SU4-SS-- Line Connector SU4-SS Connector DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU4-SS--0 Spade SU4-SS-- Flying Leads SU4-SS-- Line Connector SU4-SS Connector 4 DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU4-SS-4-0 Spade SU4-SS-4- Flying Leads SU4-SS-4- Line Connector SU4-SS Connector (4-Way 5 Port Position) Latching Solenoid Single Solenoid DC / Watt/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection SU4-LS-- Flying Leads 4 DC / Watt/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection SU4-LS-4- Flying Leads PneuTef Lightweight aluminum spools and thin profile seals enhance valve speed and ensure low breakaway. An exclusive PTFE impregnated surface results in a smooth, slippery finish extending product life. (4-Way 5 Port Position) Double Solenoid - Closed Center 0 AC /.8 VA/ Orifice./. mm Part Number Connection SU4C-DS--0 Spade SU4C-DS-- Flying Leads SU4C-DS-- Line Connector SU4C-DS Connector DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU4C-DS--0 Spade SU4C-DS-- Flying Leads SU4C-DS-- Line Connector SU4C-DS Connector 4 DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU4C-DS-4-0 Spade SU4C-DS-4- Flying Leads SU4C-DS-4- Line Connector SU4C-DS Connector (4-Way 5 Port Position) Double Solenoid - Exhaust Center 0 AC /.8 VA/ Orifice./. mmr Part Number Connection SU4E-DS--0 Spade SU4E-DS-- Flying Leads SU4E-DS-- Line Connector SU4E-DS Connector DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU4E-DS--0 Spade SU4E-DS-- Flying Leads SU4E-DS-- Line Connector SU4E-DS Connector 4 DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU4E-DS-4-0 Spade SU4E-DS-4- Flying Leads SU4E-DS-4- Line Connector SU4E-DS Connector 4 DC / Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm Part Number Connection SU4-DS-4-0 Spade SU4-DS-4- Flying Leads SU4-DS-4- Line Connector SU4-DS Connector For Lubricated and Non-Lubricated Air

138 How To Specify Product Information Universal /8 NPT (F) Pressure and Exhaust ports.75 4X.8 Thru..6 A B Series Manifolds Part Number Stations A B SMU-.9.9 SMU SMU SMU SMU Accessories SERIES MANIFOLDS.4 Part Number SM-CP Description Cover Plate 6X /4 NPT SMMC-00 SMMC-500 Plug-in Cable 00 mm Plug-in Cable 500 mm SMU-4 SMMC-000 SMM-DIN Plug-in Cable 000 mm DIN Connector SMM-MDIN Molded DIN Cable M SMM-MLDIN Molded DIN w/ Light Latching Solenoid Operator Unique to Bimba s Series Single electrical connection Space saving -wire system- relay not required Momentary pulse to energize and de-energize Power savings- do not need to maintain electrical connection Ideal for applications where power is limited or coil heating is unwanted 9 The Latching Solenoid can replace two solenoid valves in a 4-way, -Position double solenoid configuration How To Order To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. Cover Plates available for use with manifolds. Mounting screws provided. 00 mm Plug-in cable included with valves featuring the Line or 90 Connector. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. Cover Plate- (SM-CP Sold Separately) includes mounting screws.

139 Custom Custom valve solutions are no problem with Bimba. Our experienced team of engineers, designers, and machinists are ready to dig into the details of any valving challenge. They work directly with you to develop a solution for your exact situation, from concept to installation. We have over 60 years experience as a company creating custom solutions to your unique needs. No challenge is too great!

140 Product Features Capabilities CUSTOM PRODUCTS Bimba is recognized around the world for designing and manufacturing high quality products for use in a wide variety of industries. Our products touch lives in many ways: Abrasive Dental Equipment Textile Machines Assembly Fixtures Testing Devices CPR Devices Medical Gas Delivery Process Controls Blood Pressure Testing Computer Chip Manufacturing & Testing Fuel Management Systems Water Purification Systems Off Road & Recreational Equipment Farm & Livestock Management & Control Temperature & Ventilating Devices Food Processing Equipment Labeling Devices Liquid & Glue Dispensing Providing solutions that meet our customer s defined performance requirements has been a priority since Bimbae s inception, setting us apart in the miniature pneumatics industry. Our experienced engineers welcome the opportunity to assist in the design and manufacture of pneumatic control systems and custom directional control valves, fittings or manifolds. Rely on Bimba s fluid power expertise, design experience and manufacturing capabilities when developing fluid handling applications. Contact Bimba the next time your specific application requires a custom component. Dental Industry 40 Dental abrasion application Pre-set precision pressure regulator Two solenoid valves Fittings with precision orifices Needle valve System is 00% pre-set for flow & pressure, ready for installation Energy Industry Gas pump control application PneuTef plating for use with raw gas Adjustable speed control Configuration allows for overstroke of the diaphragm pump Push-to-connect fittings to speed tubing installation Large internal passages for fast action

141 Product Features Medical Industry Fluid infusion application Double Acting Rolling Diaphragm Cylinder Features position feedback Functions at.5 psi CUSTOM PRODUCTS Operatory application Integrated manifold block contains three separate circuits Two pre-set regulators: one at 7.5 psi, the other at psi Four Pressure Transducers Five Oxygen cleaned solenoid valves Two Relief valves FPO 4 Printing Industry Ink dispensing application Valve block features an integrated vacuum signal, primer pump, shut-off valve, screen, orifice & check valve Lightweight aluminum body Pneu-Edge fittings ensure permanent tubing installation Quick coupling for ink bag connection & disconnection

142 Product Features Value Added Service & Technology (V.A.S.T.) CUSTOM PRODUCTS Our experienced engineers are always available to assist in the design and development of custom products. We take pride in our ability to partner with customers and develop successful solutions for custom applications. Dedication to quality and customer satisfaction are always paramount at Bimba. Our knowledge and expertise in fluid power and precision machining are an advantage when designing complimentary components. Our engineers welcome the opportunity to assist with the component requirements of value added assemblies. Contact Bimba the next time you are sourcing machining support. 4-hour lights out machining, increases our ability to provide custom products and fulfill low volume orders, setting us apart in the miniature pneumatics industry. More of the ways in which our high quality products touch lives: 4 Sporting Goods Therapy Equipment Beverage Dispensing High Speed Conveyors Automotive Equipment Animatronics Energy Production Devices Exercise Equipment Medical Instruments Insect Control Water Sensing Devices Thermal Analysis Components DNA Archiving Equipment Chemical Control Systems Gas Sampling Devices Emissions Testing Systems Optical Grinding Equipment Food & Beverage Industry Wine preservation application Computerized control system monitors system performance 0-gallon vacuum tank Quiet vacuum pump Reduced overall size

143 Product Features Material Handling Industry Pneumatic lift application Manifold assembly features a common input port which feeds three valve blocks Each valve block contains two solenoid valves, two relief valves & two pilot-operated check valves CUSTOM PRODUCTS Liquid pump application Valve block features two of our Pilot Operated Cartridge Valves Shut-off blocks are included to isolate the circuitry A single input port supplies pressure to all three circuits Inline pressure gauges provide constant input and output readings A surface mount Regulator is integrated in the valve block & controls Automotive Industry Trailer shock control application Rugged design with mounting brackets One input port and two output ports for two handed control Protective silicone boot on each toggle Heavy duty momentary toggles 4 Air suspension application 00 psi solenoid valves Epoxy sealed connectors for moisture resistance Compact & rugged designs Built-in check valves to hold system pressure

144 Fittings Bimba is a leading manufacturer of pneumatic components and pneumatic control systems. Designed and manufactured in the USA, our directional control valves, fittings, manifolds, air nozzles and custom products are relied upon for fluid control throughout a wide-variety of industries. We have the fluid power expertise, design experience and manufacturing capabilities necessary to support your fluid handling applications. Whether you need standard or custom pneumatic products, you can rely on us for innovative, quality solutions that meet your expectations.

145 Product Features Features AIR JETS What is an Air Jet? When air is directed through a tube that has a length at least three () times its ID a laminar air flow is created. This narrow stream of air is directable and its length is controllable by the input pressure. The application of this concept to our specially designed product, Air Jet, has proven to be very unique. The Air Jet System The modular design of the Bimba Air Jet system is one of the features that makes it adaptable to an unlimited number of applications. Air Jets consist of some or all of these separate components: Nozzle ( options) Nut Base ( options) Holder Manifold Needle Valve The introduction of a brass manifold to the Air Jet assembly provides an innovative method which allows the use of up to six (6) Air Jets. In this situation a needle valve is threaded into the manifold and tubing connects to the Air Jet base, via a barb fitting. The advantage of the manifold is the ability to control remote Air Jets at one location (to plug unused ports use an SPG-0 plug). In a typical application the needle valve is threaded into the base and the air pressure is controlled at that location. 44 Applications Imaginations at work. Though simple in operation, the Air Jet has some very creative applications. The Air Jet was originally developed to enhance the productivity of vibratory feeder bowls. Since that first application, Air Jets have been used in a broad range of systems such as: Cooling Applications- a jet of air is directed at a drill bit to reduce heat from friction. Moving Applications- a jet of air used as a static breaker to keep dust off optical lens or to move parts off a production line. Coolant/ Lubricant Applications- lubrication via Air Jets onto the gears in overhead conveyors. 6 possible Air Jet combinations Several component options Manifold for multiple use applications Technical Data Performance Data Product Temperature Range Operating Pressure Orifice Size C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi HAN / AN -0º to 60º F 0 to 5 PSI / Materials Brass, Electroless Nickel Plating, Cold Rolled Steel, Aluminum, Black Anodizing When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

146 How To Order Product Information Use Product Information listing to select air jet components. All parts are sold separately. Air Jet Kits available. Bases Nozzles Needle Valve Air Jet Nut AIR JETS NV- N- Air Jet Holder AJH Manifold 6-4-M (-Way Normally Closed) Single Solenoid Air Jet Kit 45 Part Number Description AJB- Base AJB-.5.5 Base AJB- Base AJH Air Jet Holder AN- Nozzle, / ID x Straight AN- Nozzle, / ID x Straight AN- Nozzle, / ID x 450 AN-4 Nozzle, / ID x 900 AN-5 Nozzle, / ID x Compound AN-6 Nozzle, / ID x Straight HAN- Nozzle, /6 ID x Straight HAN- Nozzle, /6 ID x Straight HAN- Nozzle, /6 ID x 450 HAN-4 Nozzle, /6 ID x 900 HAN-5 Nozzle, /6 ID x Compound HAN-6 Nozzle, /6 ID x Straight 6-4-M Manifold N- Assembly Nut (Air Jets) NV- Needle Valve Pneumadyne offers Air Jet Kits for either /6 or / orifice nozzles. The kit includes: () Nozzles ( ea. style nozzle) (9) Brass Nuts () 0- (M) Needle Valves () Air Jet Holders (9) Bases ( of ea. size) () Carrying Case Part Number AJK-AN AJK-HAN The brass manifold is available to enhance the Air Jet System but is not included with the Air Jet Kit. Description Air Jet Kit, / ID nozzles Air Jet Kit, /6 ID nozzles When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

147 Product Features Features PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Pneu-Edge fittings feature a consistently sharp, single-barb design which provides a tighter grip and seal than standard multiple barbs. These precision machined fittings ensurepermanent polyurethane tubing installation without the need for clamps. Straight connectors, tees, elbows, crosses and couplings are available in a wide variety of sizes and materials to accommodate numerous fluid handling circuits. Bimba s Stainless Steel Pneu-Edge fittings are suitable for use in industries such as: Food & Beverage Medical & Dental Semi-Conductor Pharmaceutical Agriculture Chemical processing Pneu-Edge Features 46 Twelve barb sizes»» Accommodates a variety of tubing requirements Ten thread sizes»» Ranging from 0-, /4-8 and /6 NPT to /8 NPT, including metric M, M5 and M6 Captured o-ring design»» Provides a superior seal ensuring a leak resistant fitting Smaller shank behind the barb»» Allows Polyurethane tubing to relax, providing a tighter grip and seal Smoother tubing approach angle»» Eases tubing installation Solderless joint technology»» Eliminates solder voids, potential leaks and heat discoloration or distortion of materials. components are threaded together and sealed with NSF approved Loctite sealant to eliminate pull-out potential and ensure straight barb alignment Larger thru-hole»» Maximizes flow path Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N O-rings When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

148 How To Order Product Information Pneu-Edge barbs are assigned a two digit code as defined on the Product Number Diagram (lower left). There are twelve barb sizes for use with Polyurethane tubing ranging from /6 ID to / ID. Ten thread sizes include metric, UNF, and NPT. Pneu-Edge fittings ensure permanent polyurethane tubing installation without the need for clamps. However, we recommend the use of clamps in applications over 80 psi which also involve heat or vibration. To order standard Electroless Nickel Brass plated product use part number listing. For 0 Stainless Steel add a -0 suffix to the part number- lead times and minimum quantities may apply. Optional O-rings available- contact factory. Standard package quantities: 5 pcs per bag 00 pcs per box ERC0-0-0 PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Product Line E= Pneu-Edge Fitting Configuration (Threaded) A= Adjustable Tee A-LB= Adjustable EL Barb B= Male Connector BK= FB= FLB= FT= LB= RB= Bulkhead Female Connector EL Female Thread Female Tee Elbow Reducer Bushing T= Tee /4-8 thru /8 TB= 0- Tee (Barb-to-Barb) C= Coupling L= Elbow T= Tee RC= RT= RX= Reducing Coupling Reducing Tee Reducing Cross X= Cross Flow Rates for Pneu-Edge Fittings can be found on page Please use Part Number Listing to verify part number- not all configurations are possible Note: Please refer to drawings for location and size of barbs on reducer fittings. Barb Size refer to Connector Options below for code Barb Size Code Tube ID Connector Options Options (Actual Size) Available Barbs M M5 Thread Size no code = 0- UNF M6 Available Threads Metric Sizes Suffix 50= /4 Hex 0=Stainless Steel S= Short 0= /6 4-8= /4-8 UNF 0= 5/64 /6= /6 NPT 5= / /8= /8 NPT 0= /8 /4= /4 NPT 5= 5/ /8= /8 NPT 40=.70 /= / NPT 50= /6 M= M x = 7/ M5= M5 x = /4 M6= M6 x.0 70= 5/ = /8 - - UNF Sizes Pneu-Edge Fittings /4-8 /6 /8 /4 /8 / NPT Thread Sizes 47 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

149 How To Specify Straight 0- PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB / (M) /6 EB / (M) 5/64 EB / (M) / EB / (M) /8 EB / (M) 5/ EB / (M).70 EB / (M) /6 EB / (M) /4 Straight /4 Hex Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB / (M) /6 EB / (M) 5/64 EB / (M) / EB / (M) /8 EB / (M) Straight /4-8 Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB / /4-8 (M) /6 EB / /4-8 (M) 5/64 EB / /4-8 (M) / EB / /4-8 (M) /8 EB / /4-8 (M).70 EB / /4-8 (M) /6 EB / /4-8 (M) /4 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

150 How To Specify Straight /6 NPT Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB0-/ / /6 (M) /6 EB0-/ / /6 (M) 5/64 EB5-/ / /6 (M) / EB0-/ / /6 (M) /8 EB40-/ / /6 (M).70 EB50-/ / /6 (M) /6 EB60-/ /6 0.6 /6 (M) /4 PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Straight /8 NPT Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB0-/ / /8 (M) /6 EB0-/ / /8 (M) 5/64 EB5-/ / /8 (M) / EB0-/ / /8 (M) /8 EB40-/ / /8 (M).70 EB50-/ / /8 (M) /6 EB60-/8.07 7/ /8 (M) /4 EB70-/8.07 7/ /8 (M) 5/6 EB80-/ / /8 (M) /8 Straight /4 NPT 49 Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB0-/ / /4 (M) /6 EB0-/ / /4 (M) 5/64 EB5-/ / /4 (M) / EB0-/ / /4 (M) /8 EB5-/ / /4 (M) 5/ EB40-/ / /4 (M).70 EB50-/4. 9/6 0.6 /4 (M) /6 EB60-/4.46 9/ /4 (M) /4 EB70-/4.46 9/ /4 (M) 5/6 EB80-/4.09 9/ /4 (M) /8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

151 How To Specify Straight /8 NPT PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB0-/ / /8 (M) 5/64 EB5-/ / /8 (M) / EB0-/8.065 / /8 (M) /8 EB40-/8.089 / /8 (M).70 EB60-/8.46 / /8 (M) /4 EB80-/8.09 / /8 (M) /8 Straight 0- (Female) Part Number A B Hex Tubing ID EFB /4 0- (F) /6 EFB /4 0- (F) 5/64 EFB /4 0- (F) /8 EFB /4 0- (F).70 Straight /8 NPT (Female) 50 Part Number A B Hex Tubing ID EFB0-/ /6 /8 (F) /6 EFB0-/ /6 /8 (F) 5/64 EFB5-/ /6 /8 (F) / EFB0-/ /6 /8 (F) /8 EFB5-/ /6 /8 (F) 5/ EFB40-/ /6 /8 (F).70 EFB50-/ /6 /8 (F) /6 EFB60-/ /6 /8 (F) /4 EFB80-/ /6 /8 (F) /8 Straight /4 NPT (Female) Part Number A B Hex Tubing ID EFB0-/ /6 /4 (F) /6 EFB0-/ /6 /4 (F) 5/64 EFB0-/ /6 /4 (F) /8 EFB40-/4 0.9 /6 /4 (F).70 EFB50-/ /6 /4 (F) /6 EFB60-/4.090 /6 /4 (F) /4 EFB80-/4.5 /6 /4 (F) /8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

152 How To Specify Straight M Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB0-M* 0.4 / M (M) /6 EB0-M 0.4 / M (M) 5/64 EB5-M 0.45 /6 0.0 M (M) / EB0-M / M (M) /8 EB40-M 0.56 / M (M).70 *Thru hole: PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Straight M5 Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB0-M / M5 (M) /6 EB0-M / M5 (M) 5/64 EB5-M / M5 (M) / EB0-M / M5 (M) /8 EB40-M / M5 (M).70 Straight M6 5 Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EB0-M / M6 (M) /6 EB0-M / M6 (M) 5/64 EB5-M / M6 (M) / EB0-M / M6 (M) /8 EB40-M / M6 (M).70 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

153 How To Specify Elbow Fixed 0- PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ELB / (M) /6 ELB / (M) 5/64 ELB / (M) / ELB / (M) /8 ELB / (M) 5/ ELB / (M).70 Elbow Fixed /4-8 Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ELB / /4-8 (M) /6 ELB / /4-8 (M) 5/64 ELB / /4-8 (M) / ELB / /4-8 (M) /8 ELB / /4-8 (M) 5/ ELB / /4-8 (M).70 ELB / /4-8 (M) /6 5 Elbow Fixed /6 NPT Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ELB0-/ / /6 (M) /6 ELB0-/ / /6 (M) 5/64 ELB5-/ / /6 (M) / ELB0-/ / /6 (M) /8 ELB40-/6 0.5 / /6 (M).70 ELB50-/6 0.5 / /6 (M) /6 ELB60-/ / /6 (M) /4 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

154 How To Specify Elbow Fixed /8 NPT Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ELB0-/ / /8 (M) /6 ELB0-/ / /8 (M) 5/64 ELB5-/ / /8 (M) / ELB0-/ / /8 (M) /8 ELB5-/ / /8 (M) 5/ ELB40-/ / /8 (M).70 ELB50-/ / /8 (M) /6 ELB60-/ / /8 (M) /4 ELB80-/ / /8 (M) /8 PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Elbow Fixed /4 NPT Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ELB0-/ / /4 (M) /6 ELB0-/ / /4 (M) 5/64 ELB5-/ / /4 (M) / ELB0-/ / /4 (M) /8 ELB5-/ / /4 (M) 5/ ELB40-/ / /4 (M).70 ELB40-/4-S / /4 (M).70 ELB50-/ / /4 (M) /6 ELB60-/ / /4 (M) /4 ELB80-/4.09 / /4 (M) /8 5 Elbow Fixed /8 NPT Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ELB0-/ / /8 (M) /8 ELB40-/ / /8 (M).70 ELB50-/ / /8 (M) /6 ELB60-/8 0.8 / /8 (M) /4 ELB80-/8.000 / /8 (M) /8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

155 How To Specify Elbow Fixed 0- (Female) PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID S = Short EFLB / (F) /6 EFLB / (F) 5/64 EFLB0-S 0.8 / (F) /6 EFLB0-S 0.8 / (F) 5/64 Elbow Fixed /8 NPT (Female) Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EFLB0-/ / /8 (F) /6 EFLB0-/ / /8 (F) 5/64 EFLB5-/ / /8 (F) / EFLB0-/ / /8 (F) /8 EFLB5-/ / /8 (F) 5/ EFLB40-/ / /8 (F).70 EFLB50-/ / /8 (F) /6 EFLB60-/ /6.059 /8 (F) /4 Elbow Fixed /4 NPT (Female) 54 Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EFLB0-/ / /4 (F) /6 EFLB0-/ / /4 (F) 5/64 EFLB5-/ /6 0.9 /4 (F) / EFLB0-/ /6.00 /4 (F) /8 EFLB5-/ /6.07 /4 (F) 5/ EFLB40-/ /6.07 /4 (F).70 EFLB50-/ /6.06 /4 (F) /6 EFLB60-/ /6.87 /4 (F) /4 EFLB80-/ /6.47 /4 (F) /8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

156 How To Specify Elbow Fixed M Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ELB0-M 0.5 / M (M) /6 ELB0-M 0.5 / M (M) 5/64 ELB5-M 0.5 / M (M) / ELB0-M 0.9 5/ M (M) /8 ELB0-MF 0.9 / M (F) /8 ELB40-M 0.9 5/ M (M).70 ELBX-M ELB0-MF PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Elbow Fixed M5 Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ELB0-M / M5 (M) /6 ELB0-M / M5 (M) 5/64 ELB5-M / M5 (M) / ELB0-M / M5 (M) /8 ELB40-M / M5 (M) Elbow Fixed M6 Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ELB0-M / M6 (M) /6 ELB0-M / M6 (M) 5/64 ELB5-M / M6 (M) / ELB0-M6 0.5 / M6 (M) /8 ELB5-M / M6 (M) 5/ ELB40-M / M6 (M).70 ELB50-M / M6 (M) /6 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

157 How To Specify Elbow Adjustable PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Square C D Tubing ID EA-LB / (M) /6 EA-LB / (M) 5/64 EA-LB / (M) / EA-LB / (M) /8 EA-LB / (M).70 EA-LB / (M) /6 A C Elbow Adjustable (Slotted) Part Number A B Square C D Tubing ID EA-LB0-SLOT / (M) /6 EA-LB0-SLOT / (M) 5/64 EA-LB5-SLOT / (M) / EA-LB0-SLOT / (M) /8 EA-LB40-SLOT / (M).70 EA-LB50-SLOT / (M) /6 Features a screwdriver slot for fitting alignment A C 56 Pneu-Edge fittings feature a consistently sharp, single-barb design which provides a tighter grip and seal than standard multiple barbs All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

158 How To Specify Tee Fixed 0- Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ETB / (M) /6 ETB / (M) 5/64 ETB / (M) / ETB / (M) /8 ETB / (M) 5/ ETB / (M).70 PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Tee Fixed /4-8 Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ET / /4-8 (M) /6 ET / /4-8 (M) 5/64 ET / /4-8 (M) / ET / /4-8 (M) /8 ET / /4-8 (M).70 ET / /4-8 (M) /6 Tee Fixed /6 NPT 57 Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ET0-/ / /6 (M) /6 ET0-/ / /6 (M) 5/64 ET5-/ / /6 (M) / ET0-/ / /6 (M) /8 ET40-/6 0.5 / /6 (M).70 ET50-/6 0.5 / /6 (M) /6 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

159 How To Specify Tee Fixed /8 NPT PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ET0-/ / /8 (M) /6 ET0-/ / /8 (M) 5/64 ET5-/ / /8 (M) / ET0-/ / /8 (M) /8 ET40-/ / /8 (M).70 ET40-/ / /8 (M).70 ET50-/ / /8 (M) /6 ET60-/ / /8 (M) /4 ET80-/ / /8 (M) /8 ET40-/8-90 Tee Fixed /4 NPT 58 Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ET0-/ / /4 (M) /6 ET0-/ / /4 (M) 5/64 ET5-/ / /4 (M) / ET0-/ / /4 (M) /8 ET40-/ / /4 (M).70 ET50-/ / /4 (M) /6 ET60-/ / /4 (M) /4 ET80-/4.09 / /4 (M) /8 Tee Fixed /8 NPT Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ET0-/ / /8 (M) /8 ET40-/ / /8 (M).70 ET50-/ / /8 (M) /6 ET60-/8 0.8 / /8 (M) /4 ET80-/8.000 / /8 (M) /8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

160 How To Specify Tee Fixed Reducing Part Number A B Hex C D E Tubing ID ERT / /4-8 (M).70 5/64 ERT40-0-/6 0.5 / /6 (M).70 5/64 ERT40-0-/ / /4 (M).70 5/64 ERT PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS ERT40-0-/6 Tee Fixed /8 NPT (Female) Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EFT0-/ /6.005 /8 (F) /6 EFT0-/ /6.0 /8 (F) 5/64 EFT0-/ /6.9 /8 (F) /8 EFT40-/ /6.4 /8 (F).70 EFT50-/ /6.09 /8 (F) /6 EFT60-/ /6.56 /8 (F) /4 59 Tee Fixed /4 NPT (Female) Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID EFT0-/ /6.0 /4 (F) /6 EFT0-/ /6.0 /4 (F) 5/64 EFT5-/ /6.6 /4 (F) / EFT0-/ /6.8 /4 (F) /8 EFT40-/ /6.66 /4 (F).70 EFT50-/ /6.44 /4 (F) /6 EFT60-/ /6.686 /4 (F) /4 EFT80-/ /6.806 /4 (F) /8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

161 How To Specify Tee Fixed M PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ET0-M 0.5 / M (M) /6 ET0-M 0.5 / M (M) 5/64 ET5-M 0.5 / M (M) / ET0-M 0.9 5/ M (M) /8 ET40-M 0.9 5/ M (M).70 Tee Fixed M5 Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ET0-M / M5 (M) /6 ET0-M / M5 (M) 5/64 ET5-M / M5 (M) / ET0-M / M5 (M) /8 ET40-M / M5 (M).70 Tee Fixed M6 60 Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID ET0-M / M6 (M) /6 ET0-M / M6 (M) 5/64 ET5-M / M6 (M) / ET0-M6 0.5 / M6 (M) /8 ET5-M / M6 (M) 5/ ET40-M / M6 (M).70 ET50-M / M6 (M) /6 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

162 How To Specify Tee Fixed 0- Part Number A B Square C D Tubing ID EA-T / (M) /6 EA-T / (M) 5/64 EA-T / (M) / EA-T / (M) /8 EA-T / (M).70 EA-T / (M) /6 PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Tee Fixed 0- (Slotted) Part Number A B Square C D Tubing ID EA-T0-SLOT / (M) /6 EA-T0-SLOT / (M) 5/64 EA-T5-SLOT / (M) / EA-T0-SLOT / (M) /8 EA-T40-SLOT / (M).70 EA-T50-SLOT / (M) /6 Features a screwdriver slot for fitting alignment 6 Swiss precision machining ensures consistently sharp barbs for more permanent tubing installation All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

163 How To Specify Plugs PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Hex C SPG-/ /6 0.5 /6 (M) SPG-/ / /8 (M) SPG-/ / /4 (M) SPG-/ / /8 (M) SPG-/ / / (M) Plugs (Slotted) Part Number A B Hex C SPG / /4-8 (M) SPG / (M) SPG-0-/4 0.0 / (M) SPG-M* 0.9 / M (M) SPG-M / M5 (M) SPG-M / M6 (M) C A B * Nylon Gasket Bulkheads 6 Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID EBK /4 0- (M) 0.50 /6 /6 EBK /4 0- (M) /64 5/64 EBK /4 0- (M) 0.50 / / EBK /6 /4-8 (M) 0. /8 /8 EBK /4 0- (M) /64 EBK /4 0- (M) / EBK-40-5/6.09 /8 5/6-4 (M) EBK-60-/8.5 / /8-4 (M) /4 /4 EBK-60-/8.5 / */8 (M) 0.75 /4 /4 Note: Locking nut included *NPT pipe thread: locking nut not included All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

164 How To Specify Bushings (Reducer) Part Number A B Hex C ERB/ / /4 (M) 0- (F) / /4 (M) 0- (F) ERB/4-/ / /4 (M) /6 (F) ERB/4-/ / /4 (M) /8 (F) / /8 (M) 0- (F) ERB/8-/ / /8 (M) /6 (F) / /6 (M) 0- (F) ERB /6 0.8 /4-8 (M) 0- (F) PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Adapters EM-X Part Number A B Hex C EM / M (M) 0- (F) EM-M / M (M) M6 (F) EM / M5 (M) 0- (F) EM5-/ / M5 (M) /8 (F) EM6-/ / M6 (M) /8 (F) EM6-M / M6 (M) M6 (F) E0-/ / (M) /8 (F) E/8-/ / /8 (M) /4 (F) Bimba s Pneu-Edge fittings ensure a lasting tubing connection and leak-proof fit 6 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

165 How To Specify Barb-to-Barb (Couplings) PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Diam. C Tubing ID EC /4 0.8 /6 /6 EC / /64 5/64 EC0-SL / /64 5/64 EC /6 0.9 / / EC /6 0.4 /8 /8 EC / / 5/ EC / EC / /6 /6 EC60. 7/6 0. /4 /4 EC70. 7/6 0. 5/6 5/6 EC80.8 7/6 0.0 /8 /8 Note: SL= Slim Line Barb-to-Barb (Couplings) 64 Part Number A B Diam. C Tubing ID ERC / /64 /6 ERC /6 0.4 /8 /6 ERC /6 0.4 /8 5/64 ERC /6 0.4 /8 / ERC / /6 ERC / /64 ERC / / ERC / /8 ERC / /6 /8 ERC / /6 5/ ERC / /4 5/64 ERC / /4 /8 ERC / /4.70 ERC /6 0.0 /8 /4 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

166 How To Specify Barb-to-Barb (Elbows) Part Number A B Diam. C D Tubing ID EL / /6 /6 EL / /64 5/64 EL / /8 /8 EL / EL / /4 /4 EL / /8 /8 PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Barb-to-Barb (Tees) Part Number A B Diam. C D,, Tubing ID ET / /6 ET / /64 ET5 0.6 / / ET / /8 ET / / ET / ET / /6 ET60. 7/ /4 ET / /6 ET / /8 65 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

167 How To Specify Barb-to-Barb (Tees-Reducing) PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Diam. C D Tubing ID ERT / /6 /8 /6 ERT / /64 /6 5/64 ERT / /8 /6 /6 ERT / /8 /8 /6 ERT / /8 5/64 5/64 ERT / /8 /6 /8 ERT / /8 5/64 /8 ERT / /8 / /8 ERT / /8.70 /8 ERT / /6.70 ERT / /64.70 ERT / /8 /8 ERT / /8.70 ERT / /64 ERT / /8 ERT / /6 5/64 /6 ERT / /6 /8 /6 66 Straight connectors, tees, elbows, crosses and couplings are available in a wide variety of sizes and materials to accommodate numerous fluid handling circuits. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

168 How To Specify Barb-to-Barb (Tees-Reducing) Part Number A B Diam. C D Tubing ID ERT / /4 5/64 /4 ERT / /4 /8 /4 ERT / /4.70 /4 ERT / /4 /4 /8 ERT / /4 /4.70 ERT / /4 /8 /8 ERT / /4 /8 5/64 ERT / /4 5/64 /8 ERT / /4 /8.70 ERT / /4.70 /8 ERT / /4 /8 /4 ERT / /8 5/64 /8 ERT / /8 /8 /8 ERT / /8 /4 /8 PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Manufacturing quality is ensured through strict process control of CNC equipment - from our high tech 5-axis Swiss screw machines to our basic -axis lathes. Employing the most sophisticated techniques available, such as 4-hour lights out machining, increases our ability to provide custom products and fulfill low volume orders, setting us apart in the miniature pneumatics industry. 67 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

169 How To Specify Barb-to-Barb (Crosses) PNEU-EDGE FITTINGS Part Number A B Diam. C,,,4 Tubing ID EX / /6 EX / /64 EX / / EX / /8 EX / EX /8.05 /6 EX60. 7/6.46 /4 EX /8.56 /8 Barb-to-Barb (Crosses-Reducing) Part Number A B Diam. C 4 Tubing ID Tubing ID ERX / /8 /6 /6 /6 ERX / /8 /6 /8 /6 ERX / /8 5/64 /8 5/64 ERX / / /64 ERX / /64.70 ERX /8. /8.70 / All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -0 suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

170 Product Features Features The O-ring fitting design was perfected by Pneumadyne engineers in the early 980 s. This unique fitting created a standard for industry and today numerous competitors have attempted to replicate our design. The Pneumadyne O-ring fitting was designed with the superior static sealing qualities of an O-ring plus the reliability of a metal-to-metal mechanical fit. When properly installed the skirt around the O-ring allows the fitting to mechanically seat on the rim of the female thread and hold the fitting tight. The high quality Buna-N O-ring is captured inside the skirt of the fitting, concealing it from view and providing a clean looking connection. The result is superior sealing power-the Buna-N O-ring is not pinched but rather compressed within the fitting skirt which ensures a leakproof fit even when mated with a less than perfectsealing surface. When torqued down the mechanical fit keeps the fittings tight and retains its position even under constant vibration. Our captured O-ring design also eases installation, there is no need to replace or reposition the seal - we have eliminated the need for replacement gaskets or washers. Custom designs are welcome High quality Buna-N O-ring is captured inside the skirt O-RING SEAL FITTINGS Reliability of a metal-to-metal mechanical fit Captured O-ring for superior seal Precision machined barb design Electroless Nickel plated Superior Barb Materials Brass, Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel 0, Buna-N O-Rings (standard) optional seals available -contact factory 69 How To Order To order standard product use part number listing. For 0 Stainless Steel add a -SS suffix to the part number - lead times may apply. Optional O-rings available - contact factory. Standard package quantities: 5 pcs per bag 00 pcs per box When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

171 How To Specify Straight Connector O-RING SEAL FITTINGS Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID SBF / (M) /6 SBF-06-LP.49 5/6. 0- (M) /6 SBF-06-/4.59 / (M) /6 SBF / (M) 5/64 SBF-0-/4.58 / (M) 5/64 SBF / (M) /8 SBF-40-/4.66 / (M) /8 SBF / (M).70 SBF-70-/4.7 / (M).70 Straight M Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID SBF-06-/4-M.45 /4. M /6 SBF-0-/4-M.45 /4. M 5/64 Stud Manifold A Part Number A B Hex C SFD / (M) 0- (F) C 70 Stud (Slotted) A B Part Number A B Hex C STD / (M C B Plug (Slotted) Part Number A B Hex C SPG-0. 5/ (M) SPG-0-/4. / (M) C A B All O-ring fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -SS suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

172 How To Specify Elbow Fixed A C Part Number A B Square C SBF--.6 / (M) 0- (F) Elbow Adjustable O-RING SEAL FITTINGS Part Number A B C Hex STL (M) 0- (F) 5/6 STL-0-SS (M) 0- (F) 5/6 Tee Fixed SBF-- Part Number A B Square C SBF--.6 /8 sq (M) 0- (F) 0- (F) SBF--4.7 /8 sq (M) 0- (F) 0-(F) SBF--4 7 Tee Adjustable Part Number A B C, Hex STT (M) 0- (F) 5/6 STT-0-SS (M) 0- (F) 5/6 Tee Adjustable Part Number A B C, Hex SFL (M) 0- (F) 5/6 All O-ring fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -SS suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

173 How To Specify Cross Fixed O-RING SEAL FITTINGS Part Number A B Square C,,4 SBF--.7 / (M) 0- (F) Cross Adjustable Part Number A B C,,4 Hex SFT (M) 0- (F) 5/6 Adapter Part Number A B Hex C SSP-0.7 5/ (M) 0- (F) 7 Nipple (Univeral Adjustable) Part Number A B Hex C Adjst D Fixed, SFU-.7 5/ (M) C = adjustable nut tightened to fixed nut C All O-ring fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -SS suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

174 How To Specify Coupling *Standard product is brass, contact factory for Electroless Nickel finish Tee Swivel Part Number A B Square, Thru *.8 /4 0- (F) SF-.8 5/6 0- (F) O-RING SEAL FITTINGS Bulkhead Part Number A B C SBH /6. 5/- x0- (F) 0- (F) SBH /6. 5/- x0- (F) /8 (F) Barb-to-Barb (Elbow) Tee (Female) Part Number A B Square /8 0- (F) 0- (F) 0-(F) *Standard product is brass, contact factory for Electroless Nickel finish 7 Barb-to-Barb (Elbow) Cross (Female) *Standard product is brass, contact factory for Electroless Nickel finish Part Number A B Square,, /8 0- (F) 0- (F) All O-ring fittings are available in 0 Stainless Steel; add a -SS suffix to the standard part number When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

175 Product Features Features TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS Engineers at Bimba pioneered the 0- tapered thread design and have incorporated it in a 0- fitting. This unique design eliminates the need for a soft seal undercut at the base of the fitting and produces a seal similar to pipe thread. The absence of the undercut also allows for a larger than normal hole permitting more flow. Tapered threads are sturdier than thin walled 0- fittings and can be used in conventional straight female threads as well. Tape or Thread Sealant recommended Custom designs are welcome Tapered thread (No gasket required) Larger orifice Thick thread wall Precision machined barbs Brass Product Information Tapered Thread Fitting Conventional Barbed Fitting 74 Larger Orifice Thick Thread Wall Thin wall undercut Taperedrequires no gasket How To Order To order standard brass product use part number listing. All tapered thread fittings are available in brass as standard; For Electroless Nickel add an N as a last digit to the standard part number. Standard package quantities: 5 pcs per bag 00 pcs per box When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

176 How To Specify Straight Connector Part Number A B Hex C Tubing ID BF / (M) /6 BF /6.565 /8 (M) /6 BF-06-F.75 /.85 /8 (F) /6 BF /6.50 /8 (M) 5/64 BF / (M) /8 BF / (M).70 BF /6.50 /8 (M).70 BF-70-F.88 /.875 /8 (F).70 BF-***- BF-***-F TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS BF-***- Elbow Fixed Part Number A B Square C -.70 / (M) 0- (F) 75 Elbow Tapered to Barb Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing ID BF-06-FL.50 9/ /8 (F) /6 BF-06-L.6 7/ /8 (M) /6 BF-0-L.6 7/ /8 (M) 5/64 BF-40-L.65 7/ /8 (M) /8 BF-70-FL.50 9/ /8 (F).70 BF-70-L.6 7/ /8 (M).70 BF-***-L BF-***-FL When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

177 How To Specify Elbow Reducing TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS Tee Part Number A B Hex C 8FL.50 9/6 - /8 (F) 0- (F) 9L.85 /6.48 /8 (M) 0- (F) /6.44 /8 (M) 0- (F) /6.7 /4 (M) 0- (F) 8FL - 5- Part Number A B Square C -.70 / (M) 0- (F) 0- (F) / (M) 0- (F) 0- (F) -4 Tee 76 Part Number A B Hex C 8ft.50 9/6 - /8 (F) 0- (F) 0- (F) /6.44 /8 (M) 0- (F) 0- (F) /6.5 /8 (M) 0- (F) 0- (F) /6.7 /4 (M) 0- (F) 0- (F) /6.7 /4 (M) 0- (F) 0- (F) 8FT When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

178 How To Specify Crosses Part Number A B Square -.70 /8 Square (M) 0- (F) /6 Hex.5 /8 (M) 0- (F) /6 Hex.7 /4 (M) 0- (F) Reducer Bushing TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS * Part Number A B Hex C 5.5 7/6.6 /8 (M) 0- (F) 5F.50 7/6.50 /8 (F) 0- (F) /6.8 /4 (M) 0- (F) 7.4 /8.4 /6 (M) 0- (F) 5F Adapters Part Number A B Hex C / (M) /8 (F) 4A.75 7/6.50 /6 (M) /8 (F) 77 Nipple Part Number A B Hex C,.56 / (M) Plug Part Number A B Hex C 0.7 / (M) When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

179 Product Features Features BARB-TO-BARB FITTINGS Bimba s Barb-to-Barb fittings are high quality, durable brass barbs with the sharpness required to maintain connection even in high pressure and vibration applications. The electroless nickel plated barbed fittings are offered in a variety of sizes and configurations. We design custom products to meet your application needs. Precision machined for /8, 5/, /4 tubing Eliminates the need for sleeves Electroless Nickel plated Product Information No need for sleeves 78 Electroless Nickel plated for corrosion resistance How To Order To order standard product use part number listing. Standard package quantities: 5 pcs per bag 00 pcs per box Please refer to Fitting Specifications and Flow Rate information on page 88 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

180 How To Specify Barb-to-Barb (Couplings) Part Number A B Diam. C Tubing ID Tubing ID SBF /6 /6 SBF /64 SBF /6 SBF Barb-to-Barb (Elbow) BARB-TO-BARB FITTINGS Part Number A B Tubing ID Tubing ID SBF-8L Barb-to-Barb (Tee) Part Number A B Diam. C Tubing ID Tubing ID SBF-0T /64 5/64 5/64 SBF-4T /8 /8 /8 SBF-40T /8 5/64 /8 SBF-6T /6 /6 /6 SBF-8T SBF-80T /64.70 SBF-86T / Barb-to-Barb (Cross) Part Number A B, Tubing ID, 4 Tubing ID SBF-8X When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

181 Product Features Features STAINLESS STEEL PUSH-TO-CONNECT FITTINGS Bimba s new Push-to-Connect fittings enable quick tubing connection and disconnection. A variety of male and female connectors, elbows and tees feature tube ODs ranging from /8 to /8 and 0-, /8 NPT or ¼ NPT threads. To ensure a leakproof fit, thread sealant is standard on all male pipe threads and the 0- UNF thread features an o-ring for a superior seal. The 6L stainless steel fittings are suitable for applications in corrosive environments where brass and Acetal are typically prohibited. FPM seals ensure that these fittings can also withstand high temperatures (working temperature is dependent upon tubing). Tubing connection and tightness are made possible by the presence of a stainless steel gripping collet and an O-ring inside the fitting. Once the tube is inserted to the bottom of the fitting, the stainless steel collet grips the tube and prevents it from being released. The tubing is disconnected by simply pushing the metal release button and removing the tube from the fitting. /8 to /8 tube OD Electroless nickel plated brass and 6 stainless steel Several sizes and configurations Swivel elbows and tees Metal release buttons O-ring seal (0- UNF fittings only) Pneumadyne s Stainless Steel Fittings are suitable for use in industries such as: 80 Food & Beverage Medical & Dental Semi-Conductor Pharmaceutical Agriculture Chemical processing Materials Brass: Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Acetal Resin, Stainless Steel, NBR Stainless Steel: 6L Stainless Steel, 0 Stainless Steel, FPM/FKM Tubing Recommendation Fitting Material Brass Stainless Steel Tubing Material 95A Durometer Polyurethane PTFE, PVDF When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

182 How To Order Product Information To order standard product use part number listing. For 6 Stainless Steel add a -6 suffix to the part number. Standard package quantities: 5 pcs per bag, Electroless Nickel Brass pc per bag, 6L SS Thread sealant, standard on male pipe threads, ensures a leakproof fit 0- UNF threads feature an O-ring for a superior seal. For limited space applications, the male straight connector features an inner hex allowing for easy installation. STAINLESS STEEL PUSH-TO-CONNECT FITTINGS Swivel fittings are ideal for tubing alignment. Multiple configurations ease fitting installation. 8 PB56-/8-6 Fitting Configuration PB= Male Connector PFB= Female Connector PFLS= EL Female PLS= EL Swivel PTS= Tee Swivel PT= Union Tee PY= Union Y Tube OD 5= /8 56= 5/ 50= /4 = 5/6 75= /8 Thread Size 0= 0- UNF /8= /8 NPT /4= /4 NPT Suffix 6= Stainless Steel Please use Part Number Listing to verify part number- not all configurations are possible When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

183 How To Specify Straight Connector STAINLESS STEEL PUSH-TO-CONNECT FITTINGS Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing OD PB / (M) /8 PB5-/ / /8 (M) /8 PB / (M) 5/ PB56-/ / /8 (M) 5/ PB / (M) /4 PB50-/ / /8 (M) /4 PB75-/8.08 / /8 (M) /8 Straight Connector (Female) Part Number A B Hex C Tubing OD PFB56-/ / /8 (F) 5/ PFB50-/8.04 9/ /8 (F) /4 PFB50-/4.0 / /4 (F) /4 Elbow Fixed A D B C A C B C Part Number A B Flats C D Tubing OD 8 PLB56-/ /8 (M) 5/ PLB50-/ /8 (M) /4 PLB-/ /8 (M) 5/6 A D B Elbow Swivel Part Number A B Flats C D Tubing OD PLS5-/ / /8 (M) /8 PLS / (M) 5/ PLS56-/ / /8 (M) 5/ PLS50-/8.06 / /8 (M) /4 PLS75-/8.59 / /8 (M) /8 B A C D When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

184 How To Specify Elbow Swivel (Female) Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing OD PFLS56-/ / /8 (F) 5/ PFLS50-/8.00 9/ /8 (F) /4 PFLS-/8.04 9/ /8 (F) 5/6 Tee Swivel Part Number A B Hex C D, Tubing OD PTS56-/8.00 / /8 (M) 5/ PTS50-/8.06 / /8 (M) /4 B B A A C C D D STAINLESS STEEL PUSH-TO-CONNECT FITTINGS Barb-to-Barb (Elbow) B Part Number A B C,, Tubing OD PT / PT /4 PT /6 B C 8 A C A Barb-to-Barb (Elbow) A Part Number A B C,, Tubing OD PY / B C When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

185 How To Specify STAINLESS STEEL PUSH-TO-CONNECT FITTINGS Straight Connector (6L Stainless Steel) Part Number A B Hex (mm) C D Tubing OD PB56-/ /8 (M) 5/ PB50-/ /8 (M) /4 Elbow Swivel (6L Stainless Steel) Part Number A B Hex (mm) C D Tubing OD PLS56-/ /8 (M) 5/ PLS50-/ /8 (M) /4 Tee Swivel (6L Stainless Steel) Part Number A B Hex (mm) C D, Tubing OD PTS56-/ /8 (M) 5/ PTS50-/ /8 (M) /4 A D B C C B D A C B D 84 A Tee Union (6L Stainless Steel) B Part Number A B C,, Tubing OD PT / PT /4 PT /6 C FPM seals withstand high temperatures- SS Fittings only (working temperature is dependent upon tubing) A When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

186 Product Features Product Information Push-to-Connect style fittings ease tubing connection and disconnection without the use of tools. Recommended for use with 95A Durometer Polyurethane tubing, these precision machined fittings are Electroless nickel plated for corrosion resistance. Red Acetal release buttons are standard, contact factory for optional colors. Push-to-connect Precision machined Acetal release button Captured o-ring seal Electroless Nickel plated Product Information Performance Data Temperature Range -0º to 60º F -8º to 7º C Operating Pressure Vacuum to 5 PSI Media Fluids compatible w/ seals NICKEL PLATED PUSH-TO-CONNECT FITTINGS Materials Brass, Electroless Nickel Plating, Acetal, Buna-N Seals How To Order 85 Standard quantities 5 pcs per bag 00 pcs per box Red release button standard; contact factory for optional colors 95A Durometer Polyurethane recommended Cavity drawing available for full cartridge- contact factory Half cartridge is available for direct installation- contact factory Flow Rate (Typical) When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

187 How To Specify Standard Double Barb NICKEL PLATED PUSH-TO-CONNECT FITTINGS 86 Flow Rate (Typical) Barb Size Tube ID (PUR) C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 PSI 5 PSI 06 / /64 or.4mm / O-ring Tapered Barb Size Tube ID (PUR) C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 PSI 5 PSI 0 / / / / / / / / / Flow Rate (Typical) Pneu-Edge fittings ease installation by offering larger barbs on miniature threads. This configuration lowers the rate of flow. Please refer to the listing below for atypical dimensions and data. Barb ID does not necessarily determine flow rate Additional Recommendation: Pneu-Edge fittings ensure permanent polyurethane tubing installation without the need for clamps. However, we recommend the use of clamps in applications over 80 psi which also involve heat or vibration. All Flow Rates are approximate Part Number Tube ID (PUR) C v Flow Rate (scfm) PSI 50 5 EB5 5/ EB EB50 / EB60 / EB EB EB / EB / EB0-M / EB0-M 5/ EB5-M / EB0-M / EB40-M EB40-M ELB5 5/ ELB ELB / ELB0-M / ELB0-M 5/ ELB5-M / ELB0-M / ELB40-M ELB40-M ELB50-M6 / Part Number Tube ID (PUR) C v Flow Rate (scfm) PSI 50 5 EA-LB EA-LB50 / EA-LB40- SL0T EA-LB50- SL0T Captured O-ring Standard Tapered Thread sizes available / ETB5 5/ ETB ET / ET0-M / ET0-M 5/ ET5-M / ET0-M / ET40-M ET40-M ET50-M6 / EA-T EA-T50 / EA-T40-SL0T EA-T50-SL0T / When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

188 How To Specify Elbow Swivel (Female) Part Number A B Hex C D Tubing OD SF-5PI (M) /8 SF-56PI (M) 5/ Ten thread sizes available NICKEL PLATED PUSH-TO-CONNECT FITTINGS 87 Consistently sharp barbs When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice.

189 Manifolds Manifolds the perfect addition to your valving solutions. They allow you to consolidate a messy array of valves, tubing, and other accessories into a neat block, making installation and maintenance easy. Manifolds can be constructed from a variety of materials, including aluminum, brass, and nylon, to accommodate whatever your application requires.

190 Product Features Features MANIFOLDS Bimba has been an innovator in the design and manufacture of pneumatic and hydraulic manifolds since 976. Manifolds provide a convenient junction point for the distribution of fluids or gases. Simply thread fittings into the ports to produce an organized method of supplying multiple lines from a single source. Our aluminum manifolds go through a controlled oxidation process called anodizing which produces a non-conductive coating that provides corrosion and wear resistance. A black dye is added to the anodize solution to create our signature appearance however there are over thirty colors of anodic coatings available. to 0 stations Inline Manifolds, 90 Manifolds, Dual Air, Junction Blocks and Terminal Blocks Custom designs.5 center-to-center spacing available Variety of port sizes Technical Data Performance Data 88 Operating Pressure 000 psi non-shock- air, 000 psi non-shock- hydraulic Material Aluminum 606 Operating Pressure at 7 F 000 PSI Non-Shock Air, 000 PS Non-Shock Hydraulic Temperature Range Corrosion Resistance Chemical Resistance Durability -0 to 00 F Good Fair Good Brass 000 PSI -65 to 50º F Good Good Excellent Stainless Steel PSI -00 to 500º F Excellent Good Excellent For Use With Air, Water, Hydraulic Gas, Hydraulic Oils, Gasoline Air, Water, Hydraulic Oils Air, Water, Hydraulic Oils Polypropylene 50 PSI to 0º F Fair Poor Fair Air, Water Nylon 00 PSI -60 to 00º F Good Fair Fair Air, Water Port Options Definition Input Output Options /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) / NPT (F) 0- (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Materials Brass, Aluminum/ Black Anodize, 0 Stainless Steel, Polypropylene, Nylon

191 How To Order Product Information Please use Product Information Listings to verify part number- not all configurations are possible To order standard product use part number listing. /8 and 5/ push-to-connect fittings are available for use with standard 0- manifolds. To order New Material Manifolds replace the * in the part number listing with the desired material abbreviation. SS= 0 Stainless Steel BRS= Brass NYN= Nylon PPN= Polypropylene Example: Manifold with /8 Input and /8 Output Ports at 90 with.5 spacing Numerous styles and configurations available- customs welcome MANIFOLDS M W DA = JB = M = MS = MT = TB = Product Line Dual Air Junction Block Manifold Manifold with porting on two sides Manifold with porting on three sides Terminal Block Input = 0- (F) 0= /4 NPT (F) 0= /8 NPT (F) 0= / NPT (F) 5= /4 NPT (F) Output 5= /8 NPT (F) 50= /4 NPT (F) 75= /8 NPT (F) Number of Stations (Digit indicates number of stations) #= Select -0 / standard spacing #W= Select -0 /.5 output spacing eg: 5W Suffix 90= Output ports at 90 / standard spacing 90W= Output ports at 90 /.5 spacing BRS= Material: Brass SS= Material: 0 Stainless Steel PPN= Material: Polypropylene Natural NYN= Material: Nylon Natural 89

192 How To Specify Inline Manifolds MANIFOLDS 0- output ports Porting configurations Convenient junction point Multiple branches One input Product Information M-6 M R Ø G Port A Typ H 6-4-M Brass Only M R Port A Typ Ø G (X) H E Typ D K J F E Typ D K J B B Both Ends K C K C /8 NPT (F) Input x 0- (F) Output Port Options 90 Part Number No. of Stations A NPT B C D E F G H J K M R 6-4-M 6 0- / Porting on One Side M / M / M / M / Porting on Two Sides MS / MS-6 0- / MS / MS / Porting on Three Sides MT-4 0- / MT / MT / MT / Input Output /8 NPT (F) 0- UNF(F) Port Configuration Cross Section M-* MS-* MT-* All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

193 How To Specify Inline Manifolds Convenient junction point Multiple branches Two input ports Aluminum with black anodizing for corrosion resistance and appearance Mounting versatility MANIFOLDS Product Information M0-5-6 Port A Typ R J H Ø G (4X) E Typ D K F B M K C /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number No. of Stations NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5- /8 / N/A M0-5- /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / Input Output Port Options /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) 9 /8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number No. of Stations NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5- /8 / M0-5- /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / Push-to-Connect fittings (sold separately) simplify tube installation All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

194 How To Specify Inline Manifolds MANIFOLDS Bimba offers a wide selection of pneumatic components ideal for use on our multiple connection manifolds. System is a unique valve consolidation method using custom manifolds that house components for use only on System manifolds. (Refer to page 60 for information) Product Information Port A Typ R J H Ø G (4X) E Typ D K F B M K C /8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Port Options 9 Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-50- /4 / N/A M0-50- /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / Input Output /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-75- /8 / N/A M0-75- /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

195 How To Specify Inline Manifolds R J Port A Typ H MANIFOLDS Ø G (4X) E Typ D K F B M K C / NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Port Options Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-50- /4 / N/A M0-50- /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / Input Output / NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) / NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output 9 Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-75- /8 / N/A M0-75- /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

196 How To Specify Inline Manifolds (New Materials) MANIFOLDS Bimba s Inline Manifolds are now available in 0 Stainless Steel, Brass, Polypropylene and Nylon. The Brass and Stainless Steel manifolds are extremely durable and offered for use with air, water and hydraulic oils. Stainless Steel is also ideal for highly corrosive environments. Choose Polypropylene or Nylon when using air, water or other compatible media in lower pressure applications. Stainless steel manifolds are ideal for use in highly corrosive environments. Two to 0 station manifolds are available with /4 or /8 NPT (F) input ports and /8 or /4 NPT (F) output ports. Simply thread fittings into the ports to produce an organized method of supplying multiple lines from a single source. to 0 stations Two input ports Convenient junction point Variety of port sizes Product Information Port A Typ R J H Ø G (4X) E Typ D F M K C 94 /4 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M5-50- /4 / M5-50- /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / Input Output Port Options /4 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M5-75- /8 / M5-75- /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

197 How To Specify Inline Manifolds (New Materials) R J Port A Typ H MANIFOLDS Ø G (4X) E Typ D K F B M K C /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Port Options Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5--* /8 / N/A M0-5--* /8 / M0-5-4-* 4 /8 / M0-5-5-* 5 /8 / M0-5-6-* 6 /8 / M0-5-7-* 7 /8 / M0-5-8-* 8 /8 / M0-5-9-* 9 /8 / M0-5-0-* 0 /8 / Input /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Output /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) 95 Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-50--* /4 / N/A M0-50--* /4 / M * 4 /4 / M * 5 /4 / M * 6 /4 / M * 7 /4 / M * 8 /4 / M * 9 /4 / M * 0 /4 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches How To Order To order New Material Manifolds replace the * in the Product Information listing with the desired material abbreviation. SS = 0 Stainless Steel BRS = Brass NYN = Nylon PPN = Polypropylene All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

198 How To Specify Inline Manifolds (.5 Spacing) MANIFOLDS Received in 004, ISO 900:008 certification demonstrates Bimba s commitment to quality. Output port spacing is.5 center-to-center to 0 stations Mounting versatility Over 0 colors of anodic coatings are available. Product Information J Port A Typ H R Ø G (4X) E Typ D K F M K C Sq B /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Port Options 96 Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5-W /8 / N/A M0-5-W /8 / M0-5-4W 4 /8 / M0-5-5W 5 /8 / M0-5-6W 6 /8 / M0-5-7W 7 /8 / M0-5-8W 8 /8 / M0-5-9W 9 /8 / M0-5-0W 0 /8 / Input Output /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) / NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5-W /8 / N/A M0-5-W /8 / M0-5-4W 4 /8 / M0-5-5W 5 /8 / M0-5-6W 6 /8 / M0-5-7W 7 /8 / M0-5-8W 8 /8 / M0-5-9W 9 /8 / M0-5-0W 0 /8 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

199 How To Specify Inline Manifolds (.5 Spacing) /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5-W /8 / N/A M0-5-W /8 / M0-5-4W 4 /8 / M0-5-5W 5 /8 / M0-5-6W 6 /8 / M0-5-7W 7 /8 / M0-5-8W 8 /8 / M0-5-9W 9 /8 / M0-5-0W 0 /8 / /8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5-W /8 / N/A M0-5-W /8 / M0-5-4W 4 /8 / M0-5-5W 5 /8 / M0-5-6W 6 /8 / M0-5-7W 7 /8 / M0-5-8W 8 /8 / M0-5-9W 9 /8 / M0-5-0W 0 /8 / / NPT (F) input porting available to allow for greater flow MANIFOLDS /8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-50-W /4 / N/A M0-50-W /4 / M0-50-4W 4 /4 / M0-50-5W 5 /4 / M0-50-6W 6 /4 / M0-50-7W 7 /4 / M0-50-8W 8 /4 / M0-50-9W 9 /4 / M0-50-0W 0 /4 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

200 How To Specify Inline Manifolds (.5 Spacing) MANIFOLDS Received in 004, ISO 900:008 certification demonstrates Bimba s commitment to quality. Output ports at 90 for plumbing convenience to 0 Stations Two input ports Aluminum with black anodize for corrosion and wear resistance Several patents have been issued for our robust and unique designs Product Information J Port A Typ H E Typ R Ø G (4X) D K F B K M C Sq /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Port Options 98 Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M /8 / N/A M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / Input Output /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) / NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M /8 / N/A M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

201 How To Specify Inline Manifolds (90 Manifolds) /8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M /4 / N/A M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / Contact factory for more information on custom plating or finishes MANIFOLDS / NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M /4 / N/A M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / / NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M /8 / N/A M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches Port Configuration Cross Section Inline Manifold 90 Manifold All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

202 How To Specify 90 Manifolds (.5" Spacing) MANIFOLDS Bimba- recognized around the world for designing and manufacturing high quality products. Solenoid manifold information can be found in the Solenoid Valves & Accessories section. Output port spacing is.5 center-to-center to 0 stations /8, /4, /8, and / NPT (F) porting options Product Information J R Port A Typ H Ø G (4X) E Typ D K F B K M C Sq /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Port Options 00 Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M W /8 / N/A M W /8 / M W 4 /8 / M W 5 /8 / M W 6 /8 / M W 7 /8 / M W 8 /8 / M W 9 /8 / M W 0 /8 / Input Output /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) / NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M W /8 / N/A M W /8 / M W 4 /8 / M W 5 /8 / M W 6 /8 / M W 7 /8 / M W 8 /8 / M W 9 /8 / M W 0 /8 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

203 How To Specify 90 Manifolds (.5 Spacing) /8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M W /4 / N/A M W /4 / M W 4 /4 / M W 5 /4 / M W 6 /4 / M W 7 /4 / M W 8 /4 / M W 9 /4 / M W 0 /4 / / NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M W /4 / N/A M W /4 / M W 4 /4 / M W 5 /4 / M W 6 /4 / M W 7 /4 / M W 8 /4 / M W 9 /4 / M W 0 /4 / manifolds with.5 spacing provide plumbing convenience and allow for larger control valve installation MANIFOLDS / NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Number * NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R M W /8 / N/A M W /8 / M W 4 /8 / M W 5 /8 / M W 6 /8 / M W 7 /8 / M W 8 /8 / M W 9 /8 / M W 0 /8 / * Number of stations ** Measurements in inches All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

204 How To Specify Dual Air MANIFOLDS Two separate manifolds in one block Two independent flow paths (ie: pressure one side- vacuum on the other) Aluminum with black anodizing for corrosion resistance and appearance Mounting versatility Product Information R J Section Gauge Port Port A Typ F Section Gauge Port Ø G (4X) M K Section H E Typ D K C Sq B Both Ends Section Part Number Ports per Section /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R DA0-5- /8 / DA0-5- /8 / DA /8 / DA /8 / Input Output Port Options /4 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) 0 /8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part Number Ports per Section NPT A B C D E F G H J K M R DA0-50- /4 / DA0-50- /4 / DA /4 / DA /4 / ** Measurements in inches Port Configuration Cross Section DA*-* Custom Products A variety of custom manifolds have been designed by Bimba. Features include:. Large mounting hole for shaft mounting by set screw. Junction for eighteen output ports. Push-to-connect fittings 4. Designed to accommodate customer s solenoid valves 5. Eliminates the need for thirty tee fittings 6. Brass manifold 7. Accommodates a fifth output port

205 How To Specify Junction Blocks We design custom products to meet your application needs. Union configuration Three available port options 0-, /8 NPT (F), /4 NPT (F) 4 to 0 stations Aluminum with black anodizing for corrosion resistance and appearance MANIFOLDS Product Information K R ports per station F H Port A Typ Ø G (X) M Q E Typ D C /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Port Options Part Number No. of Stations A C D E F G H K M R Q JB JB JB JB NPT JB5-4 4 / JB5-6 6 / JB5-8 8 / JB5-0 0 / UNF (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) 0 JB / JB / JB / JB / ** Measurements in inches Port Configuration Cross Section JB*-* All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

206 How To Specify Terminal Blocks MANIFOLDS Tee configuration Three available port options 0- (F), /8 NPT (F), /4 NPT (F) to0 stations Mounting versatility Aluminum with black anodizing for corrosion resistance and appearance Product Information Ø G (x) TB-* Port A Typ M R Port A Typ F H R J H E Typ D J Ø G (4X) E Typ D C F ports per station M K C Sq /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Port Options 04 Part Number No. of Stations A C D E F G H J K M R TB TB TB TB NPT TB0-5- / TB / TB / TB / TB / UNF (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) TB0-50- / TB / TB / TB / TB / ** Measurements in inches Port Configuration Cross Section TB*-* All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise. *When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. specified.

207 Tubing Tubing is a necessary component in pneumatic fluid systems. It helps deliver compressed air, a key element in pneumatics, to the actuators, valves, filters, and other products that constitute a full pneumatic motion system.

208 Product Features Polyurethane Tubing Single Tubing TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES Features Pneumadyne offers Ether based Polyurethane (PU) Tubing. Material characteristics include minimal water absorption, high flexibility and opaque color pigments. The extrusion process and exclusive formulation produces a high quality tubing and eliminates surface stickiness. Single and multiple tube Variety of colors Coil tubing available Technical Data Several sizes to accommodate Pneumadyne fittings Performance Data Temperature Range Vacuum Media Diameter Tolerances -40º to 60º F (-8º to 7º C) to 8 Hg Fluids Compatible w/ Materials ± Product Group OD/ID Package *Duro Working Pressure 75 F **Standard Colors PU-5-* /8 x /6 50 box 85A 5 PU-5-*-R /8 x /6 500 reel 85A 5 0,,, 4, 5, 6, PU-5-*-LR /8 x /6 000 reel 85A 5 7, 8, 9, PU-5-*-XR /8 x /6 500 reel 85A 5 PU-5F-* /8 x /6 50 box 95A 55 0,,, 4, 5, 6, 7 PU-56-* 5/ x 5/64 00 box 85A 55 0,,, 4, PU-56-*-R 5/ x 5/ reel 85A 55 5, 6, 7 PU-56-*-LR 5/ x 5/ reel 85A 55 PU-56F-* 5/ x / 00 box 95A 0 0,,, 4, 5, 6, 7 PU-50R-* /4 x /8 00 bag 70A 60 0,, 4, 5, 6 PU-50-* /4 x /8 00 box 85A 45 0,,, 4, 5, PU-50-*-R /4 x /8 500 reel 85A 45 6, 7, 8, 9 PU-50-*-LR /4 x /8 000 reel 85A 45 PU-50PB-* /4 x bag 90A 5 0,,, 4, 6, 7 PU-50F-* /4 x /8 00 box 95A 65 0,,, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7 PU--* 5/6 x /6 00 bag 85A 0 0,, 4 PU--*-R 5/6 x /6 500 reel 85A 0 PU-75R-* /8 x /4 00 bag 70A 50, 4 PU-75-* /8 x /4 00 bag 85A 00 0 PU-75-*-R /8 x /4 500 reel 85A 00 PU-75PB-* /8 x bag 90A 5 0,,, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 PU-75F-* /8 x bag 95A 70 0,,, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 7, 8 PU-468F-* 5/ x 5/6 50 bag 95A 55 0,,, 4, 6, 9, 7 PU-56F-* 9/6 x /8 50 bag 95A 55 0,,, 4, 6, 9, 7, 8 PU-750F-* /4 x reel 95A 75 0,, 4, 6, 7 *Duro= Durometer Working Pressure: to Safety Factor defined on page 0 ** See Product Number Diagram for Color Code information All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice

209 How it Works Multi-Bore Tubing Extruded Polyurethane Multi-bore tubing is two or more tubes that are extruded as a single piece. The tubes are joined with a tough connecting web. This tubing is ideal for applications that encounter severe or constant flexing which might separate the bond on MCR tubing assemblies. A small rib runs the length of one of the tubes for easy identification. All Multi-Bore tubing is mono-colored and is recommended for use with barbed fittings. Push-to-connect fittings are not recommended, the slightly flat surface resulting from stripping may affect the fittings sealing abilities. Product Group OD/ID Package Durometer Working Pressure 75 F **Standard Colors PU-5-*-C /8 X /6 00 box 90A 90 0, PU-50-*-C /4 X /8 00 box 85A 50 PU-5-*-C /8 X /6 00 box 85A 5 0, PU-50-*-L /4 X /8 50 box 85A 50 PU4-5-*-C /8 X /6 00 box 85A 5 0 PU4-50-*-L /4 X /8 50 box 85A 50 0, TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES * See Product Number Diagram for Color Code information Working Pressure: to Safety Factor defined on page 0 Multi-Color Ribbon (MCR) 85A Durometer Bonded Polyurethane Multiple Color Ribbon (MCR) color codes your tubing lines. Great for identification, tracing or trouble shooting, this tubing will withstand the rigors of flexing and rough handling. A unique heat bonding process allows you to easily hand separate the tubing for routing. Product Group OD/ID Pkg Working Pressure 75 F **Standard Colors PUMC4-5-M 00 box 6, 8, 9, 5 PUMC4-5- /8 X /6 00 box 5,,, PUMC box 8, 8, 8, 8 PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC6-5-M 00 box 5, 4,, 6, 7, PUMC6-5- /8 X /6 00 box 5,,,,, PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC8-5-M 00 box 9, 8,, 7, 6, 8, 9, 5 PUMC8-5- /8 X /6 00 box 5,,, PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC4-50-M 00 box 6, 8, 9, 5 PUMC4-50- /4 X /8 00 box 45,,, PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC6-50-M 00 box 5, 4,, 6, 7, PUMC6-50- /4 X /8 00 box 45,,,,, PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC8-50-M /4 X /8 00 box 45 9, 8,, 7, 6, 8, 9, 5 07 * See Product Number Diagram for Color Code information Working Pressure: to Safety Factor defined on page 0

210 How to Order Product Information TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES Polyurethane has outstanding memory and flexibility which make it the ideal material for processing into self-storing coiled tubing. These coils are extraordinarily tough and resistant to abrasion, overstretching and kink damage. Pneumadyne offers coils in every size and configuration of polyurethane in single, multi-tube and even jacketed bundles (contact factory for styles not listed) Product Group OD/ID/Material Length Package Durometer Working Pressure 75 F Standard Colors* PUC-5-* /8 X /6 x 0 85A 5 0,, 4, 7 PUC-50-* /4 X /8 X 0 85A 5 0,, 4, 5, 6, 8 PUC-5-* /8 X /6 x 7 90A 60 PUC-50-* /4 X /8 X 0 85A 0 0, * See Product Number Diagram for Color Code information Working Pressure: to Safety Factor defined on page 0 Polyurethane Coils PU L Tubing Material Color Code Package Size PU= Single Polyurethane Opaque C= 00 Ft PU#= Multi-Bore Polyurethane M= Multi-Color L= 50 Ft PUMC= Multi-Color Polyurethane 0= Natural R= 500 Ft PUC= Polyurethane Recoil = Black LR= 000 Ft 08 Configuration = two channels 4= four channels 6= six channels 8= eight channels 5= /4 NPT (F) Tube Size (85A) 5= /8 x /6 75= /8 x /4 56= 5/ x 5/64 468= 5/ x 5/6 50= /4 x /8 56= 9/6 x /8 = 5/6 x /6 750= /4 x.467 = Red 4= Blue 5= Green 6= Yellow 7= Orange 8= Gray 9= White = Purple 4= Light Gray Transparent 5= Red 6= Green XR= 500 Ft Polyurethane coils are extraordinarily tough and resistant to abrasion, overstretching and kink damage 7= Blue 8= Yellow 9= Orange = Purple 85A durometer tubing is not indicated in the part number- however the following letters are used immediately after the tube size to indicate alternative tubing durometers. Tube ID will vary- refer to part number listing for tubing dimensions. F= 95A PB= 90A R= 70A Please use Product Diagram to interpret part numbers - (do not attempt to build part numbers) see product information for part number listing. Multiple Color Ribbon (MCR) is great for identification, tracing or trouble shooting

211 Product Features Quick Disconnect Coupling Features Available from Pneumadyne, one of the smallest automatic quick disconnect couplings with a shut-off valve on the market. Select from three () plug connector styles and four (4) socket connector styles that offer an easy method of connecting and disconnecting single tube lines. Connection of the plug and socket shifts the internal valve forward allowing free flow in both directions. The single shut-off socket connector closes the valve when disconnected. Quick disconnects are exceptionally small and suited for use in applications such as medical, dental, robotics and testing fixtures. Compact and convenient Valved coupling Brass construction Durable Available in 0 Stainless Steel TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES Technical Data Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi -40º to 50º F 0 to 0 PSI Fluids Compatible w/ Materials Porting Options Plug Connectors Socket Connectors 0- (M) 0- (M) 0- (F) 0- (F) /8 NPT (M) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (M) 09 Materials Brass, Stainless Steel, Buna-N Seals All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice

212 How it Works Quick Disconnect TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES C55000 C55000 Plug Connector.7.40 Typ. 0- (M).75 Socket Connector.97 C Ø.40 Typ..8 C Product Information Part Number Description C Socket 0- (F) C Socket /8 NPT C Socket 0- (M) C Socket /8 NPT (F) C55000 Plug 0- (M) C55000 Plug 0- (F) C Plug /8 NPT All styles available in 0 SS. See Ordering Information below C C C All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice Quick disconnects are exceptionally small and suited for use in applications such as medical, dental, robotics and testing fixtures 0 Ordering Information Use Product Information listing to select product. Optional Seals available upon request- contact factory. For 0 Stainless Steel add -0 suffix to the part number.

213 Product Features Micro Coupler Features Micro couplers are used in systems where rapid and repeated connecting and disconnecting of fluid conductors is required. They are ideal for use on test equipment, patch systems, quick set-ups of machines, jigs and fixtures. Micro couplers offer an easy solution, without the use of tools, for the connection and disconnection of single tubing. The plug connector has a specially designed electroless nickel plated brass body with a Buna-N O-ring retained opposite the barb. This quality O-ring ensures a leakproof seal when connected to a socket component. The plug connector body is secured within the plug connector nut by a c-clip enabling the barb to float and rotate thus accommodating the natural twist of the tubing and providing for easier installation. The compact straight-thru socket connector is used on systems where unrestricted flow is required. When coupled with the plug connector the overall length is only 5/8 - ideal for limited space applications. TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES Mounting versatility- inline connection or panel mount Time saving- allows disconnection while system is pressurized Optional dress plate for finished look Ideal for medical and dental applications Technical Data Performance Data Product Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media Flow Rate (scfm) Cv 50 psi 5 psi Straight-thru -0º to 60º F Fluids Compatible 0 to 5 PSI Valved -8º to 7º C w/ Materials The unique design of the in-line socket connector with shut-off valve ensures maximum flow and a reliable seal. When connected, flow is directed into a side port on the stem and out the output port. When disconnected a spring slides the stem forward thereby sealing the valve seat and stopping the flow. A Buna-N O-ring retained near the end of the valve stem ensures a reliable, leakproof seal. The bulkhead socket connector with shut-off valve provides the durability and convenience often required for use on test equipment. This miniature coupler (.5 OAL) can be mounted on a control panel via the5/- thread, two () jam nuts and a lock washer are provided to secure the component in place. O-Ring C-Clip Lock Nut Body Protects O-ring from damage and contamination while disconnected.

214 How it Works Micro Coupler TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES.5 PMCBH-* Valved Bulkhead Socket PMCM-* Straight-thru Socket.5.7 Ø.75 Ø.48 Ø.4 Ø.75 Socket Connectors 0- (F) 5/-.5 5/ (F) 5/6-4 Ø.55±.005 Ø.57 Ø.47.4 Ø.4 Plug Connectors.85 PMC C-Clip 0- (F) 5/6-4 PMCIL-* Valved Inline Socket 5/- x.45 DP DP- DP- 5/8 Hex PMC-70 C-Clip Product Information Part Number Description Bulkhead Socket, valved PMCBH-0/ 0- (F) PMCBH barb valve (assembly) PMCBH-0 0 barb valve (assembly) PMCBH barb valve (assembly) Part Number Description Inline Socket, straight-thru PMCM-0/ 0- (F) PMCM barb (assembly) PMCM-0 0 barb (assembly) PMCM barb (assembly) Inline Socket, valved PMCIL-0/ 0- (F) PMCIL barb valve (assembly) PMCIL-0 0 barb valve (assembly) PMCIL barb valve (assembly) Plug Connector PMC-0 Plug: 0 barb PMC-70 Plug: 70 barb Panel Mount Dress Plate DP- Black Anodized DP- Electroless Nickel Ordering Information The micro coupler socket and plug connectors are sold separately and sockets are available with standard fitting options. The electroless nickel plated brass barbed ends are assembled into the 0- (F) port of the micro coupler socket. Materials Plug Connector: Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated, Zinc Dichromate O-rings: Buna-N; other materials available- contact factory Socket Connector: Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Dress Plate: Aluminum, Electroless Nickel Plating, Black Anodized

215 Product Features Static Bulkhead Connectors Features Pneumadyne s new Bulkhead Connectors are a fast, convenient method of connecting multiple tubing lines in a control panel or on a machine. The one-piece design features /4 and 5/ pushin connectors or /4-8 UNF threads and accommodates four to tubing lines. Port numbers are etched into both sides of the Bulkhead Connector to ease line installation and identification. One-piece design /4 & 5/ push-in connectors Three body styles 4 to stations (ports) Black anodized for corrosion resistance Threaded option for use with barb fittings TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES Technical Data Three body styles are offered to fit application requirements. Choose from: Push-in, Push-in to Threaded and Threaded bodies. The /4 and 5/ push-in ports feature acetal collets with metal grippers to ensure a lasting tubing connection. /4-8 UNF threads accommodate Pneumadyne s Pneu-Edge Straight Connector barb fittings. These precision machined fittings feature a consistently sharp single-barb design for more permanent polyurethane tubing installation without the need for clamps. Several barb sizes are available to fit tubing requirements. The Bulkhead Connectors are black anodized for corrosion and wear resistance. Materials Aluminum / Black Anodize, Buna-N, Brass, Acetal A Buna-N o-ring provides a seal when mounted against a control panel or a machine Our captured o-ring design provides a superior seal ensuring a leak resistant fitting

216 How it Works Product Information (Static Bulkhead Connector) TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES 4 Push-in x Push-in Item Stations Connections -/ Body SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in SB / Push-in 5/ Push-in Body SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in SB / Push-in 5/ Push-in -/ Body SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in SB / Push-in 5/ Push-in SB5-50- /4 Push-in /4 Push-in SB / Push-in 5/ Push-in Push-in x Threaded Item Stations Connections -/ Body SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF SB / Push-in /4-8 UNF Body SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF SB / Push-in /4-8 UNF -/ Body SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF SB / Push-in /4-8 UNF SB5-50- /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF SB / Push-in /4-8 UNF Threaded x Threaded Item Stations Connections -/ Body SB5-4 4 /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF Body SB0-7 7 /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF -/ Body SB5-9 9 /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF SB5- /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF /4-8 Fittings for use with Static Bulkhead Connectors Item Thread Tube ID SB0 /4-8 UNF /6 SB0 /4-8 UNF 5/64 SB5 /4-8 UNF / SB0 /4-8 UNF /8 SB40 /4-8 UNF 0.70 SB50 /4-8 UNF /6 SB60 /4-8 UNF /4 Pneumadyne offers a wide selection of Polyurethane tubing for use with the Bulkhead Connectors. A variety of sizes and colors are available to meet system requirements and for line identification purposes.

217 How to Order Product Information To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. /4-8 Fittings available for use with Bulkhead Connectors sold separately. A Buna-N o-ring on the back side of the Bulkhead Connector provides a seal when mounted against a control panel or a machine Static Bulkhead Connector Polyurethane tubing sold separately. Contact factory for custom configurations. Example: Static Bulkhead Connector with four stations a -/ Body and /4 Push-in Fittings SB TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES Bulkhead Connectors are a fast, convenient method of connecting multiple tubing lines in a control box. Product Indicator SB Body Style = Push-in to Push-in = Push-in to Threaded = Threaded to Threaded Body Size 5= -/ 0= 5= -/ Push-in Size 50= /4 Push-in 56= 5/ Push-in Number of Stations The /4-8 threaded fittings available for use on the Threaded Body accept eight (ID) sizes of polyurethane tubing.

218 How to Specify Static Bulkhead Connectors TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES Front A (sq.) B (sq.) Connections (x4, x7, x9, or x).67 Back C Buna-N O-ring Seal Part Number Front Connections Back Connections Number Stations A OAL (sq) B Mounting C Panel Hole Diameter Mounting Screws (4 req. not included) SB / Push-in 5/ Push-in 4 -/.90-5/6 8- SHCS SB / Push-in 5/ Push-in /6 0- SHCS SB / Push-in 5/ Push-in 9 -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS SB / Push-in 5/ Push-in -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS 6 SB / Push-in /4-8 UNF 4 -/.90-5/6 8- SHCS SB / Push-in /4-8 UNF /6 0- SHCS SB / Push-in /4-8 UNF 9 -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS SB / Push-in /4-8 UNF -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in 4 -/.90-5/6 8- SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in /6 0- SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in 9 -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS SB5-50- /4 Push-in /4 Push-in -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF 4 -/.90-5/6 8- SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF /6 0- SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF 9 -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS SB5-50- /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS SB5-4 /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF 4 -/.90-5/6 8- SHCS SB0-7 /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF /6 0- SHCS SB5-9 /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF 9 -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS SB5- /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF -/.5 -/4 0- SHCS When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

219 Product Features Ribbon Tube Connector Features The Ribbon Tube Connector easily connects and disconnects sections of a system, ensuring fast installation of multiple tube lines. This feature is especially important when replacing test equipment fixtures, installing new equipment, or repairing machines. The combination of the Ribbon Tube Connector with multi-bore or multi-color ribbon tubing provides a cost effective method of routing multi-tubing and eliminates the need for spiral wrap or jacketing. Plug/socket assemblies float and rotate Captive screws expedite connection and disconnection Technical Data Mounting versatility TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES The Ribbon Tube Connector consists of two black anodized aluminum retaining bars each containing four (4) channels for the barb connectors. The plug/socket barb assemblies float and rotate within their respective retaining bars to accommodate the natural twist (lay) of single tubing. To prevent misconnection, one channel connection is off-set. When additional lines are required, more connectors can be stacked to accommodate the additional tubing lines. Two () spring loaded captive screws connect the two () retaining bars. These screws can be hand tightened, or tightened with a flat-blade screw driver if necessary. The snap-in style spring loaded captive screw expedites assembly and disassembly. The Ribbon Tube Connector can be panel mounted with two () 6- screws (not included) or surface mounted with the 0- threaded mounting screws. The mounting screws are electroless nickel plated cold rolled steel with a 0- female thread tapped in the head of the screw. This permits the vertical stacking of several Ribbon Tube Connectors. The screws completely recess into the socket retaining bar and allow retaining bar assemblies to fit securely together. A 0- nut (not supplied) holds multiple assemblies together when not used as a surface mount. The result is a convenient junction point where numerous tube lines can be connected and disconnected easily. 7 Retained in a recessed area near the end of the plug is a Buna N O-ring. Often a face seal requires placement and realignment after each connection and disconnection, this design keeps the O-ring in place. This high quality seal ensures a leakproof fit between the plug and the socket. Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Mounting -0º to 60º F -8º to 7º C 5 PSI Max. Panel or Surface Please refer to flow rate information on page 0 Materials Retaining Bars: Black Anodized Aluminum Plug/Socket assemblies: Brass, Electroless Nickel Plating Mounting Screws: Cold Rolled Steel, Electroless Nickel Plating O-rings: Buna-N - other materials available- contact factory

220 How to Specify Product Information TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES Socket bar Plug bar for 70 barb.6 for 0 barb.9 for 06 barb.95 The plug barb assembly and socket assembly are sold separately and are available with all barbs of one size. Separate components of the Ribbon Tube Connector are also available for applications requiring assorted barb sizes. Part Number Description Part Number Description RTCP-06 Ribbon Tube Plug - 06 barb RTCS-06 Ribbon Tube Socket - 06 barb RTCP-0 Ribbon Tube Plug - 0 barb RTCS-0 Ribbon Tube Socket - 0 barb 8 RTCP-70 RTCPB Ribbon Tube Plug - 70 barb Ribbon Tube Plug Bar ONLY (with Captive Screws) RTCS-70 RTCSB Ribbon Tube Socket - 70 barb Ribbon Tube Socket Bar ONLY (with Captive Screws) RTPB-06 Ribbon Tube Plug Bar with 06 barb RTSB-06 Ribbon Tube Socket Bar with 06 barb RTPB-0 Ribbon Tube Plug Bat with 0 barb RTSB-0 Ribbon Tube Socket Bar with 0 barb RTPB-70 Ribbon Tube Plug Bar with 70 barb RTSB-70 Ribbon Tube Socket Bar with 70 barb

221 Product Features Tube Cutter Precision cutter makes quick, clean and square cuts on all plastic tubing materials. Product Number TC-000 TCR All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice Durometer Defined Description Tube Cutter Blade Replacement 70A Durometer tubing is a softer compound that has a very lively, rubbery characteristic. It is extremely flexible, has good memory, resists kinking. This supple tubing installs easily onto barbed fittings but is recommended only for low pressure applications. 85A Durometer tubing is flexible enough to make tight bends without kinking and is designed to work with mini-barb fittings. The materials outstanding memory provides a tight grip requiring no clamping up to 00 psi. TUBING & TUBING ACCESSORIES 90A Durometer hardness gives additional burst pressure strength needed for larger diameter sizes of PUR tubing. The /4 x.70 and /4 x /6 sizes are designed for optimal flow characteristics, but should only be used with barbed type fittings. Careful attention should be paid to the lower working pressure capabilities of these thinner wall tubings. 95A Durometer tubing is a slightly harder compound that increases wall rigidity to enable it to work with most brands of push-to-connect pneumatic fittings. It offers outstanding toughness and significantly higher working pressures, yet sacrifices very little flexibility. Working Pressure Information Polyurethane tubing characteristics include minimal water absorption, high flexibility and opaque color pigments Temperature consideration 9 Thermoplastic tubing is affected by temperature. Careful consideration must be given to the reduced pressure capabilities of tubing as temperatures are increased. The Pressure rating of polyurethane tubing is determined by testing the short term bursting pressure at 75 F. The working pressure is calculated as a ratio of the burst pressure by dividing the burst pressure by an appropriate safety factor. Three-to-one, or four-to-one safety factors are commonly used depending upon the severity of the application. If required, reinforced tubing can offer significantly higher pressure ratings. Example: If tubing burst pressure is F, the working pressure with a to safety factor is 50 psi, or with a 4 to safety factor the working pressure would be psi. Safety factors of less than to are not recommended. Burst pressure Safety factor F to safety factor Formula: = Example: Working pressure = 50 psi Working pressure